t246-34 2.5 Ton Transmission

TM 9-2520-246-34
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
TRANSMISSION
MODEL 3052, NSN 2520-00-347-4520
This copy is a reprint which includes current

pages from Change 1.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
MAY 1978
WARNING
EXHAUST GASES CAN BE DEADLY
EXPOSURE TO EXHAUST GASES PRODUCES SYMPTOMS OF HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, LOSS OF

MUSCULAR CONTROL, APPARENT DROWSINESS, AND COMA. PERMANENT BRAIN DAMAGE OR
DEATH CAN RESULT FROM SEVERE EXPOSURE.
CARBON MONOXIDE OCCURS IN THE EXHAUST FUMES OF FUEL BURNING HEATERS AND
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, AND BECOMES DANGEROUSLY CONCENTRATED UNDER
CONDITIONS OF INADEQUATE VENTILATION. THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE
OBSERVED TO INSURE THE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL WHENEVER FUEL BURNING HEATER(S) OR
ENGINE OF ANY VEHICLE IS OPERATED FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES OR TACTICAL USE.
DO NOT OPERATE HEATER OR ENGINE OF VEHICLE IN AN ENCLOSED AREA UNLESS IT IS

ADEQUATELY VENTILATED.
DO NOT IDLE ENGINE FOR LONG PERIODS WITHOUT MAINTAINING ADEQUATE VENTILATION
IN PERSONNEL COMPARTMENTS.
DO NOT DRIVE ANY VEHICLE WITH INSPECTION PLATES OR COVER PLATES REMOVED UNLESS
NECESSARY FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES.
BE ALERT AT ALL TIMES DURING VEHICLE OPERATION FOR EXHAUST ODORS AND EXPOSURE
SYMPTOMS. IF EITHER ARE PRESENT, IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE PERSONNEL
COMPARTMENTS. IF SYMPTOMS PERSIST, REMOVE AFFECTED PERSONNEL FROM VEHICLE
AND TREAT AS FOLLOWS: EXPOSE TO FRESH AIR; KEEP WARM; DO NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL
EXERCISE; IF NECESSARY, ADMINISTER ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION.
IF EXPOSED, SEEK PROMPT MEDICAL ATTENTION FOR POSSIBLE DELAYED ONSET OF ACUTE
LUNG CONGESTION. ADMINISTER OXYGEN IF AVAILABLE.
THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST EXHAUST GAS POISONING IS ADEQUATE VENTILATION.

TM 9-2520-246-34
C1
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 1 W ASHINGTON , DC, 27 February 1981
Direct Support and General Support

Maintenance Manual
for
TRANSMISSION
MODEL 3502
(NSN 2520-00-347-4520)
TM 9-2520-246-34, 12 May 1978, is changed as follows:

1. The title is changed to read as shown above.
2. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a
vertical bar in the margin of the page.
Remove pages Insert pages
i and ii i and ii
3. File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
C 1, TM 9-2520-246-34
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
E. C. MEYER
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
J. C. PENNINGTON
Major General, United States A r m y
The Adjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38, Direct and General Support Maintenance
requirements for 2½ Ton Truck.
*TM 9-2520-246-34
Technical Manual HEADQUARTERS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 9-2520-246-34 Washington, D.C. 12 May 1978

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
TRANSMISSION
MODEL 3052, NSN 2520-00-347-4520
IMPORTANT NOTICE
TM 9-2520-246-34 should be used only for

transmission model 3052. For transmission
model 3053A, transmission transfer models
T-136-21 and T-136-27, and power take-
off models WN-7-28, WND-7-28, and
P-136-C, use only TM 9-2520-246-34-1.
Current as of 1 September 1977
REPORTING OF ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistake or if you know of a way to
improve the procedure, please let US know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended
Changes to Publication and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in the back of this
manual direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank Automotive Materiel Readiness Command,
ATTN: DRSTA-MB, Warren, Michigan 48090. A reply will be furnished to you.
Table of Contents
Paragraph Page
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
Section I. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1
II. Description and data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1-1
CHAPTER 2. DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Section I. Repair parts, special tools, and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-1
II. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
III. General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
IV. Removal and installation of major components and assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2-18
CHAPTER 3. REPAIR OF TRANSMISSIONS
Section I. Description, operation, and data (model 3052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1
II. Description, operation, and data (model 3053A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3-9
III. Repair (model 3052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-11
IV. Repair (model 3053A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
V. Test and adjustment (models 3052 and 3053A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3-21
VI. Repair and replacement standards (models 3052 and 3053A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-21
* This manual supersedes TM 9-2520-246-35, 29 November 1965, including all changes.
Changes 1 i
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table of Contents — Continued
Paragraph Page
CHAPTER 4. REPAIR OF TRANSFERS

Section I. Description, operation, and data (model T-136-27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-1
II. Repair (model T-136-27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4-3
III. Test and adjustment (model T-136-27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4-12
IV. Repair and replacement standards (model T-136-27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-12
V. Description, operation, and data (model T-136-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 4-19
VI. Repair (model T-136-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 4-21
VII. Test and adjustment (model T-136-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 4-30
VIII. Repair and replacement standards (model T-l36-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-31
CHAPTER 5. REPAIR OF POWER TAKEOFFS
Section I. Description, operation, and data (model WN-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-1
II. Repair (model WN-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 5-3
III. Test and adjustment (model WN-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 5-7
IV. Repair and replacement standards (model WN-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5-7
V. Description, operation, and data (model WND-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5-11
VI. Repair (model WND-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5-12
VII. Test and adjustment (model WND-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5-14
VIII. Repair and replacement standards (model WND-7-28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 5-14
IX. Description, operation, and data (model P-136-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 5-16
X. Repair (model P-136-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 5-18
XI. Test and adjustment (model P-136-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 5-21
XII. Repair and replacement standards (model P-136-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 5-21
APPENDIX A. REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A-1
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 1
ii
TM 9-2520-246-34
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Title Page
1-1. Transmission models 3052 and 3053A - right front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2. Transmission models 3052 and 3053A - left rear view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3. Transmission model 3052, five-speed shift pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4. Transmission model 3053A, five-speed shift pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-5. Positive locking transfer model T-136-27 - front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-6. Positive locking transfer model T-136-27 - rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-7. Sprag equipped transfer model T-136-21 - front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-8. Sprag equipped transfer model T-136-21 - rearview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-9. Power takeoff model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-10. Power takeoff model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-11. Power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
3-1. Transmission models 3052 and 3053A - exterior components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2. Transmission models 3052 and 3053A - equipped
with a power takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-3. Transmission model 3053A - sectional view
(also typical of model 3052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3-4. Transmission input shaft and bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-5. Transmission mainshaft - input shaft removed - model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
3-6. Transmission mainshaft assembly - model 3052 - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-7. Transmission countershaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-8. Transmission countershaft assembly - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-9. Reverse idler gear and shaft assembly - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-10. Synchronizer construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3-11. Synchronizer construction - sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3-12. Power flow - transmission model 3052. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-13. Transmission mainshaft assembly-exploded view -
transmission model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-14. Transmission countershaft assembly - exploded view -
transmission model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-15. Power flow - transmission model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-16. Removal of clutch release bearing support assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-17. Removal of clutch release yoke and release shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
3-18. Removal of clutch bell housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-19. Removal of shifter shaft cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-20. Transmission shifter forks, gears, and synchronizers in
neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-21. Removal of companion flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-22. Removal of mainshaft rear bearing cap assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-23. Removal of countershaft rear bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-24. Removal of power takeoff opening cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-25. Removal of input shaft bearing cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-26. Removal of mainshaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-27. Removal of fourth- and fifth- speed synchronizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-28. Removal of mainshaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-29. Removal of idler gearshaft and idler gear assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-30. Removal of countershaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-31. Removal of countershaft assembly.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-32. Removal of countershaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-33. Disassembly of input shaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-34. Removal of fourth-speed gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-35. Removal of third-speed gear and fourth-speed gear sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-36. Removal of second-speed gear, second - and third-speed
synchronizer and synchronizer sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-37. Removal of second-speed gear, second- and third-speed
synchronizer and synchronizer sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
iii
TM 9-2520-246-34
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Figure Title Page
3-38. Removal of countershaft drive gear (fifth-speed gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

3-39. Removal of countershaft fourth-speed gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-40. Removal of mainshaft rear bearing cap oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
3-41. Shifter shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-42. Removal of expansion plugs, setscrews, shifter shafts, actuating lug,
and shifter forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-43. Removal of poppet balls and springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-44. Removal of interlock plate and springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-45. Removal of first and reverse shifter shaft oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3-46. Removal of lower shift lever, lever spring, and spring cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3-47. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement
for input shaft and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
for transmission mainshaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
for transmission countershaft and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
3-50. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for
transmission, reverse idler gear and shaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
4-1. Positive locking transfer model T-136-27 - front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4-2. Positive locking transfer model T-136-27 - rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4-3. Removal of handbrake assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4-4. Transfer mounted on stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-5. Companion flange removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-6. Air cylinder disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-7. Front output shaft case and input shaft bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-8. Front output shaft and shifter assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-9. Front output clutch and case cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-10. Rear output shaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-11. Top cover and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-12. Bearing covers and case plug... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4-13. Shifter fork, input shaft, and countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4-14. Rear output shaft disassembly-exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4-15. Countershaft disassembly-exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4-16. Input shaft disassembly-exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4-17. Transfer case cover disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-18. Remover and replacer with handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4-19. Front output shaft cover disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-20. Transfer case disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-21. Disassembly of handbrake shoe assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
for transfer gear train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
for transfer shafts and bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
for transfer output shaft and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
for transfer case and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-26. Sprag equipped transfer model T-136-21 - front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-27. Sprag equipped transfer model T-136-21 - rear view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-28. Removal of handbrake assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4-29. Transfer mounted on overhaul stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-30. Companion flanges-removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
4-31. Removal of transfer covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
4-32. Removal of front output shaft and reverse shift assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
4-33. Removal of rear output, idler, and input shaft assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
iv
TM 9-2520-24634
Figure Title Page
4-34. Removal of transfer top cover and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

4-35. Removal of rear output shaft rear bearing cover,
idler shaft rear bearing cover, and input shaft rear bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4-36. Rear output shaft disassembly - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4-37. Idler shaft disassembly-exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4-38. Input shaft disassembly - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
4-39. Front output shaft disassembly - exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
4-40. Positioning of sprag peaks for front sprag and rear sprag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4-41. Transfer case cover - disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4-42. Removing idler shaft front bearing cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4-43. Front output shaft cover - disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4-44. Transfer case-disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4-45. Handbrake shoe - disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4-46. Inspecting sprags for wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
for transfer gear train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
for transfer and bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
for transfer output shaft and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
5-1. Power takeoff model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2. Power takeoff model WN-7-28 -sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-3. Removal of power takeoff cover, poppet retainer,
poppet spring, and ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-4. Removal of shifter shaft and shifter fork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5-5. Removal of input gearshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-6. Removal of input gear, gear roller bearings,
and thrust washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-7. Removal of output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-8. Removal of output shaft front bearing cap and companion flange key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5-9. Removal of output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-10. Removal of output shaft high-speed gear snapring and spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-11. Removal of output shaft high-speed gear and front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-12. Removal of reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-13. Removal of reverse gearshaft rear bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-14. Removal of output shaft front bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-15. Removal of shifter shaft boot and seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
for reverse gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
for input gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
for front output shaft and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-19. Power takeoff model WND-7-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-20. Rear output shaft housing-sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-21. Removal of rear output shaft housing
and shifter shaft retainer, ball, and spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-22. Removal of shifter shaft and shifter shaft fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-23. Removal of output shaft snapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-24. Removal of rear output shaft and sliding clutch sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-25. Removal of rear output shaft bearing and shifter shaft boot and oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
for output shaft and related parts- model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
v
TM 9-2520-246-34

Figure Title Page
5-27. Power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

5-28. Power takeoff - sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5-29. Drain plug, two cotter pins, nut, washers, and shifter shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-30. Removal of pump, shifter shaft retainer, spring and ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
5-31. Removal of shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-32. Removal of output shaft rear bearing retainer and oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-33. Removal of output shaft, both bearings and rear tapered roller bearing cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-34. Removal of output shaft front bearing cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
5-35. Disassembly of output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
for power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
vi
TM 9-2520-246-34
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title Page
2-1. Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2-2. Troubleshooting table index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2-01. Transmission models 3052 and 3052A
— troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2-2-02. Transfer model T-136-27 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-2-03. Transfer model T-136-21 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2-2-04. Power takeoff models WN-7-28 and WND-7-28 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2-2-05. Power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
for input shaft and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
for transmission mainshaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
for transmission countershaft and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
for transmission reverse idler gear and shaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
for transfer gear train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
for transfer and bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
for transfer output shaft and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
for transfer case and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
for transfer gear train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
for transfer and bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
for transfer output shaft and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
for reverse gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
for input gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
for front output shaft and related parts — model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
for output shaft and related parts — model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
for output shaft and related parts model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
vii (viii blank)

TM 9-2520-246-34
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Section I. GENERAL
1-1. Scope. g. Refer to TM 9-2520-246-34P for a listing of parts

and special tools for the maintenance of the
a. This manual contains the direct support and transmissions, transfers, and power takeoffs for the
general support maintenance instructions for 2½-ton, 6x6 series trucks.
transmission models 3052 and 3053A; transfer models
T-136-21 and T-136-27; power takeoff models WN-7- 1-2. Maintenance Forms and Records.
28, WND-7-28, and P-136-C. This manual also Equipment maintenance forms and procedures for
provides descriptions of these items and procedures their use are contained in TM 38-750, The Army
for troubleshooting, removal, disassembly, assembly, Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
cleaning, inspection, test, adjustment, installation,
repair, and rebuild, as directed by the maintenance 1-3. Quality Assurance/Quality Control. Repair
allocation chart. and replacement standards for transmissions,
transfers, and power takeoffs are supplied in each
b. Chapter 2 contains information on repair parts, chapter. Through compliance with the engineering
tools, troubleshooting. general maintenance tolerances specified in this manual for repairs and
instructions, and removal and installation of major adjustments, maintenance of quality control is
components. assured.
c. Chapter 3 contains all repair and overhaul

procedures pertinent to transmission models 3052 and 1-4. Equipment Improvement Recommenda-
3053A. tions. EIR’s will be prepared on DA Form 2407,
Maintenance Request. Instructions for preparing
d. Chapter 4 provides all the repair and overhaul EIR’s are provided in TM 38-750, The Army
procedures pertinent to transfer models T-136-21 and Maintenance Management System. EIR’s should be
T-136-27. mailed directly to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-
Automotive Materiel Readiness Command, ATTN:
e. Chapter 5 contains all the repair and overhaul DRSTA-MP, Warren, Michigan 48090. A reply will
procedures for power takeoff models WN-7-28, WND- be furnished directly to you.
7-28, and P-136-C.
f. Appendix A provides a list of current and 1-5. Use of Metric Measurement Units. The
applicable references to the transmissions, transfers, equipment described herein is nonmetric and does not
and power takeoffs used on the 2½-ton, 6x6 series require metric common or special tools; therefore,
trucks. metric units are not supplied.
Section II. DESCRIPTION AND DATA
1-6. Description.
b. Transmissions.
a. General. A short description covering each
transmission, transfer, and power takeoff is provided. (1) Transmission models 3051 and 3053A (fig. 1-1
The descriptions are used to familiarize direct support, and 1-2) are manual shift, synchromesh, selective gear
general support, and depot maintenance personnel types with five speeds forward and one reverse. The outer
with the different types and models of each unit. For cases are made of cast iron and serve as a support for the
a more detailed description and operation of each various bearing shafts and other parts of the transmission
assembly, refer to Chapters 3, 4, and 5. Differences gear train. For a more detailed description and operation
between models, if pertinent, are included. refer to Chapter 3.
1-1
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 1-3. Transmission Model 3052,

Figure 1-1. Transmission Models 3052 and 3053A
Five Speed Shift Pattern.
(Right Front View).
Figure 1-4. Transmission Model 3053A,

Figure 1-2. Transmission Models 3052 and 3053A
(Left Rear View). Five Speed Shift Pattern.
1-2
TM 9-2520-246-34
(2) Although transmission models 3052 and (2) Positive locking transfer, model T-136-27,
3053A appear outwardly identical, the internal shown in figures 1-5 and 1-6 is a two-speed
mechanism is different. Transmission 3052 is equipped synchromesh unit driven by the transmission propeller
with five forward speeds and fifth speed is a direct shaft. This transfer is equipped with an air selector
drive. Transmission model 3053A also is a five-speed valve that enables the air locking assembly to engage
transmission, but fourth speed is a direct drive and the front output shaft to the rear output shaft for
fifth speed is overdrive. The different shift patterns for driving the front axle. Selection of the high or low
each transmission are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4. ranges of the transfer provides the truck operator with
a total of ten forward speeds and two reverse speeds.
(3) Transmission model 3052 is installed on all
M44, 2½-ton, 6x6 series trucks equipped with a (3) Transfer model T-136-21, figures 1-7 and 1-8,
gasoline engine. Transmission model 3053A is is designed to drive the front axle slightly slower than
installed on all M44A1 and M44A2, 2½-ton, 6x6 the rear axles and this difference in speed is taken up
series trucks equipped with a multifuel engine. by an overrunning sprag unit on the front output
shaft during normal operation. When the rear wheels
lose traction, the sprag unit automatically engages and
the front wheels also drive the vehicle. Refer to
c. Transfers. Chapter 4 for a detailed description and operation of
transfers T-136-27 and T-136-21.
(1) Transfer models T-136-21 and T-136-27 are
two-speed synchromesh units driven from the (4) Vehicle model application.
transmission through a propeller shaft. The transfers
distribute power to front and rear axles through (a) Transfer model T-136-21 can be used on all
propeller shafts. M44 and M44A1, 2½-ton, 6x6 series trucks.
Figure 1-5. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27 (Front View).
1-3
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 1-6. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27

(Rear View).
(b) Transfer model T-136-27 is used on the suitable filler blocks and driving gears are used. Both
following models: units are of the heavy-duty type. having two forward
speeds and one reverse speed. The units are designed
for either left or right hand mounting on the drive
mechanism. The shifter shaft extends through both
ends of the case. thus making the shift linkage
M35A2 M46A2C M292A5 adaptable to either end of the shaft. For a more
M35A2C M49A2C M342A2 detailed description and operation of the power
M36A2 M50A2 M621 takeoffs, refer to Chapter 5.
M36A2C M50A3 M622
M44A2 M109A3 M623
M45A2 M185A3 M624 (2) Power takeoffs WN-7-28 and WND-7-28 are
M45A2G M275A2 M756A2 nearly identical throughout the mechanism. However.
M46A2 M292A2 M764 power takeoff model WND-7-28 uses two output
shafts, and model WN-7-28 has only one output shaft.
The internal gearing is identical for both units, except
d. Power Takeoffs (Models WN-7-28, WND-7-28, for the additional output shaft.
and P-136-C).
(1) Power takeoff models WN-7-28 and WND-7- (3) Power takeoff model P-136-C (fig. 1-11) is a
28, (fig. 1-9 and 1-10) are driven by the transmission single drive, one-speed unit designed to mount only on
and provide power to drive the vehicle winches. transfers. The outer carriers are circular in shape and
pumps, and other special or auxiliary equipment. Both serve as a support for the main drive shaft and
takeoffs are designed to be mounted on a Society of driveshaft bearings. This unit is used to drive various
Automotive Engineers’ (SAE) standard, six-bolt hole types of auxiliary vehicle equipment. Refer to Chapter
power takeoff opening. However, when required, these 5 for a more detailed description and operation of the
units may be mounted on four-hole openings if transfer-mounted power takeoff.
1-4
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 1-7. Sprag Equipped Transfer Model T-136-21 (Front View).
Figure 1-8. Sprag Equipped Transfer Model T-136-21 (Rear View).
1-5
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 1-9. Power Takeoff Model WND-7-28. Figure 1-10. Power Takeoff Model WN-7-28.
(4) Power takeoff models WND-7-28 and WN-7-

28 are nearly identical throughout the mechanism;
however, power takeoff model WND-7-28 has two
output shafts, and model WN-7-28 has only one
output shaft. The internal gearing is identical for both
units, except for the additional output shaft.
(a) Power takeoff model WND-7-28 is used with

the following vehicle models:
M47 M58 M59

M57 M58A1 M342
(3) Power takeoff model WN-7-28 is used with

the following vehicle models:
M34 M45A2 M60
M35 M46 M108
M35A1 M46A1 M109
M35A2 M46C M109A1
M35A2C M48 M109A2
M36A2 M49 M109A3
M36C M49A1C M185A2
M36 M49A2C M185A3
M44 M49C M275
M44A1 M50 M275A1
M44A2 M50A1 M275A2
M45 M50A2 VT17-A/MTQ
M45A1 M50A3 VT18-A/MTQ
(c) Power takeoff model P-136-C is used on the

following vehicle models:
Figure 1-11. Power Takeoff Model P-136-C.
M621 M623
M622 M624
1-6
TM 9-2520-246-34
CHAPTER 2
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Section I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT
2-1. General. Tools, equipment, and repair parts, and illustrated in TM 9-2520-246-34P which is the
over and above those available to the using authority for requisitioning. Table 2-1 lists only the
organization, are supplied to direct support and special tools and equipment necessary to perform the
general support maintenance shops for maintaining, direct support, general support, and field maintenance
repairing, and/ or rebuilding the material. operations described in this technical manual. Table 2-
1 is included for information purposes only, and is not
2-2. Repair Parts. Repair parts required for the to be used as a basis for requisitioning.
maintenance of the transmissions, transfers, and
power takeoffs are listed in TM 9-2520-246-34P, 2-4. Common Tools and Equipment. Standard
which is the authority for requesting or ordering and commonly used tools having general application
replacement parts. to this material are listed in DA Supply Manuals SC
4910-95-CL-A01, A02, A50, A63, A64, A65, A67,
2-3. Special Tools and Equipment. The special A68, A69, A72, A73, and A74, SC 5180-90-CL-N23,
tools and equipment, tabulated in table 2-1, are listed SC 4910-95-CL-A31 and A32.
Section Il. TROUBLESHOOTING
2-5. General. Refer to Chapter 2, section III for general cleaning,

inspection, and repair procedures.
a. Purpose. The information in this section is for
the use of support personnel in conjunction with, and 2-6. Introductory Information.
supplemental to the troubleshooting section in the
pertinent Organizational Maintenance Manual (TM 9- a. This section contains troubleshooting
2320-209-20/1). This information therefore provides information for locating and correcting most of the
the continuation of instructions in the Organizational operating troubles which may develop in the
Manual wherein a reference is made to direct support transmission models 3052 and 3053A, transfer models
and general support maintenance personnel for T-136-27 and T-136-21, and power takeoff models
corrective action. WN-7-28, WND-7-28, and P-136-C. Each malfunction
for an individual component unit or system is
b. Operation. Operation of a transmission, transfer, followed by a list of tests or inspections which will
or power takeoff without a preliminary examination help you to determine corrective actions to take. You
can cause further damage to the components and should perform the tests/inspections and corrective
possible injury to personnel. Required inspection and actions in the order listed.
troubleshooting will eliminate further damage to
equipment and injury to personnel. Causes of faulty b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that
operation in a unit or component can often be may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective
determined without extensive disassembly. actions. If a malfunction is not listed or is not
corrected by listed corrective actions, notify your
c. lnspection. Inspection after the component is supervisor.
removed from the vehicle is performed to verify the
diagnosis made while the component was installed in c. The table lists the common malfunctions which
the vehicle, to uncover further defects or to determine you may find during the maintenance of the
malfunctions if the unit or component alone is transmission models 3052 and 3053A, transfer models
received by the support organization. This inspection T-136-21 and T-136-27, and power takeoff models
is particularly important in the final case because it is WN-7-28, WND-7-28, and P-136-C or their
often the only means of determining the malfunction components. You should perform the tests/inspections
without completely disassembling the component. and corrective actions in the order listed.
2-1
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 2-1. Special Tools
Item Reference
No. Item NSN Fig. Para Use
1 BRACKET, angle (used with 5240-00-610-0920 4-4 4-5 Used to adapt right side of
stand 4910-00-529-8387) transfer case to stand.
(7010363)
2 BRACKET, angle (used with 5340-00-610-0919 4-4 4-5 Used to adapt left side of transfer
stand 4910-00-529-8387) case to stand.
(7010362)
3 ADAPTER, mechanical puller 5120-00-708-3254 3-29 3-8 Used to remove transmission

(used with puller 5120-00-313- reverse idler gear shaft.
9496) (7083254)
4 PULLER KIT, mechanical 5120-00-338-6721 3-21 3-8 Used to remove companion flange
companion flange) (8708724) 4-5 4-5 from transmission, transfer, and
4-22 4-30 and carrier.
5 HANDLE, used with remover 5120-00-708-3241 4-18 4-6 Used to remove or replace transfer
and replacer 5120-00-708-3247 4-42 4-23 idle shaft front bearing cup.
(7083241)
6 REMOVER AND REPLACER 5120-00-708-3247 4-18 4-6 Used to remove or replace transfer
(used with handle 5120-00-708- 4-42 4-23 idle shaft front bearing cup.
3241) (7083247)
Table 2-2. Troubleshooting Table Index
No. Title Page
2-2.01 Transmission Models 30-52 and 3053A 2-3
2-2.02 Transfer Model T-136-27 2-7
2-2.03 Transfer Model T-136-21 2-11
2-2.04 Power Takeoff Models WND-7-28 and WN-7-28 2-12
2-2.05 Power Takeoff Model P-136-C 2-14
2-2
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 2-2.01. Troubleshooting
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRANSMISSION MODELS 3052 AND 3053A
NOTE
If possible, make external and operational inspection in accordance with TM 9-

2320-209-20/1 before disassembling transmission.
1. LUBRICANT LEAKING FROM TRANSMISSION.
Test 1. Inspect transmission thoroughly for source of transmission leakage.
Step 1. Disassemble transmission as required. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, and 3-12.)
Step 2. Replace all seals. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, and 3-12.)
Step 3. Replace all gaskets. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, and 3-12.)
Step 4. Assemble transmission (to complete assembly). (Refer to para 3-10, 3-11, and 3-12.)
Step 5. Fill transmission with lubricant. (Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12 gasoline or LO 9-2320-209-

12/1 multifuel.)
Test 2. Inspect transmission for cracked or defective shifter shaft cover. (Refer to para 2-9b(10).)
Step 1. Replace shifter shaft cover. (Refer to para 3-8b.)
Step 2. Check wear of parts. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Test 3. Inspect transmission for cracked or defective case.
Step 1. Replace transmission case. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-10, and 3-12.)
Step 2. Check wear of parts. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
2. HARD SHIFTING
Test 1. Inspect gear shift lever for binding or sticking in shifter shaft cover.
Step 1. Free up gear shift lever in shifter shaft cover.
Step 2. Replace gear shift lever. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Step 3. Replace shifter shaft cover. (Refer to para 3-8b and 3-11o.)
Step 4. Replace interlock plate and springs. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 2. Inspect shifter shaft cover and shifter shafts for binding. (Refer to para 2-9b(13) and 2-9b(16).)
Step 1. Free up shifter shafts.
Step 2. Replace detent poppet balls and springs. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Step 3. Replace shifter shaft cover. (Refer to para 3-8b and 3-11o.)
2-3
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 2-2.01. Troubleshooting (Continued)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Test 3. Inspect shifter forks for wear, twists, bends, and breaks. (Refer to para 2-9b(15).)
Replace shifter forks, as required. (Refer to para 3-9b and 3-11o.)
Test 4. Inspect 1st and reverse sliding gear. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Replace 1st and reverse sliding gear. (Refer to para 3-8j and 3-10g.)
Test 5. Inspect 2nd and 3rd and 4th and 5th speed synchronizers for wear and breakage. (Refer to para 3-16
and 3-17.)
Step 1. Replace 2nd and 3rd speed synchronizers. (Refer to para 3-9b and 3-10c.)
Step 2. Replace 4th and 5th speed synchronizers. (Refer to para 3-8i and 3-11h.)
Step 3. Replace gears, as required. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, and 3-11.)
Step 4. Overhaul transmission. (Refer to Chapter 3.)
3. INCOMPLETE SHIFTING.
Test 1. Inspect shifter forks for loose attachment to shifter shafts.
Step 1. Tighten setscrews securing shifter forks and shafts.
Step 2. Replace shifter shafts. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Step 3. Replace shifter forks. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 2. Check for bent shifter fork(s). (Refer to para 2-9b(15).)
Replace shifter fork(s). (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 3. Inspect shifter fork(s) for cracks or broken out areas.
Replace shifter fork(s). (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 4. Inspect shifter shaft cover for breaks, cracks, oversize shaft bores, and stripped threads. (Refer to
para 2-9b(16).)
Step 1. Repair cover, as necessary.
Step 2. Replace cover. (Refer to para 3-8b and 3-11o.)
Test 5. Inspect gears and synchronizers for wear or looseness. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Step 1. Replace synchronizers. (Refer to para 3-8i, 3-9b, 3-10b, and 3-10c.)
Step 2. Replace gears and shafts. (Refer to 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, and 3-11.)
Step 3. Repair or overhaul transmission. (Refer to para 3-7e, 3-10, and 3-1l.)
2-4
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. LOOSE SHIFTING.
Test 1. Inspect gear shift lever for wear or bends.
Step 1. Straighten gear shift lever.
Step 2. Replace gear shift lever. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 2. Check for bent or broken shifter forks. (Refer to para 2-9b(15).)
Replace shifter forks. (Refer to para 3-9b and 3-11o.)
Test 3. Inspect for loose lugs and setscrews, and worn or broken shifter shafts. (Refer to para 2-9b(13).)
Step 1. Tighten or replace loose lug and setscrews. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Step 2. Replace worn or broken shifter shafts. (Refer to para 3-9e and 3-10a.)
Test 4. Inspect shifter shaft cover for wear, breaks, cracks, missing sections, oversize bores, and
stripped threads. (Refer to para 2-9(16).)
Step 1. Retap threaded holes.
Step 2. Weld cover, where possible.
Step 3. Install fabricated bushings in oversize bores, if possible.
Step 4. Replace cover assembly. (Refer to para 3-8b and 3-11a.)
Test 5. Check gears and synchronizers for wear or looseness. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Step 1. Replace synchronizers. (Refer to para 3-8i, 3-9b, 3-10b, and 3-10c.)
Step 2. Replace gears and shafts. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, and 3-11.)
Step 3. Repair or overhaul transmission. (Refer to Chapter 3.)
Test 6. Check main drive gear assembly for wear and flaws. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Step 1. Replace main drive gear assembly (Refer to para 3-9b and 3-10c.)
Test 7. Inspect case for cracks, breaks, distortion, broken out pieces, sections, and areas, stripped or missing
threads, out-of-round bore, and irregular surfaces. (Refer to para 2-9b(1).)
Replace case. (Refer to para 3-8 and 3-11.)
2-5
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. NOISY OPERATION.
Test 1. Locate origin of noise.
Step 1. Disassemble transmission for inspection. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, and 3-12.)
Step 2. Replace worn and defective parts. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Test 2. Inspect for mismated gears. (Refer to para 3-16 and 3-17.)
Step 1. Replace gears and bearings. (Refer to para 3-8, 3-9, and 3-12.)
Test 3. Check clutch release bearing.
Replace clutch release bearing. (Refer to para 3-8a and 3-11r.)
2-6
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRANSFERS
TRANSFER MODEL T-136-27
NOTE
If possible, make external and operational inspection in accordance with TM 9-2320-

209-34 before disassembling transfer. Troubleshooting is done with the transfer
removed from the vehicle.
1. LUBRICANT LEAKING FROM GASKETS AND SEALS.
Test 1. Inspect transfer thoroughly for source of leakage.
Step 1. Disassemble transfer, as required. (Refer to para 4-5 and 4-6.)
Step 2. Replace seal(s). (Refer to para 4-5 and 4-6.)
Step 3. Replace gasket(s). (Refer to para 4-5 and 4-6.)
Step 4. Assemble transfer (to complete assembly). (Refer to para 4-7 and 4-8.)
Step 5. Fill transfer with lubricant. (Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12 gasoline or LO 9-2320-209-12/1

multifuel.)
Test 2. Inspect transfer for cracked or defective front output shaft case.
Step 1. Replace front output shaft case. (Refer to para 4-5f and 4-7d.)
Step 2. Add lubricant to level. (Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12 gasoline or LO 9-2320-209-12/1

multifuel.)
Test 3. Inspect transfer for cracked or defective transfer case cover.
Step 1. Replace transfer case cover. (Refer to para 4-6d and 4-7d.)

multifuel.)
Test 4. Inspect transfer case for cracks, breaks, galling, stripped threads, missing threads, out-of-round
bores, irregular surfaces, and broken casting. (Refer to para 4-16 and 4-17.)
Step 1. Replace transfer case. (Refer to para 4-6f and 4-7b.)

multifuel.)
2. LUBRICANT LEAKING FROM AIR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY.
Test 1. Inspect air cylinder tube gasket for leakage or damage.
Step 1. Replace air cylinder tube gasket. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)

multifuel.)
2-7
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Test 2. Check piston air cylinder seal for damage or leakage.
Step 1. Replace piston air cylinder seal. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)
Step 2. Add lubricant to level. (Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12/1.)
3. SHIFTING DIFFICULTIES.
Test 1. Check for damaged shifter shafts. (Refer to para 2-9b(13).)
Replace damaged shifter shafts. (Refer to para 4-5h, 4-5l, 4-8f, and 4-8j.)
Test 2. Inspect for bent, twisted, cracked, or broken shifter shaft fork. (Refer to para 2-9b(l5).)
Replace shifter shaft fork. (Refer to para 4-5h, 4-5l, 4-8f and 4-8j.)
Test 3. Check for loose shifter shaft fork setscrew.
Step 1. Tighten shifter shaft fork setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h.)
Step 2. Install safety wire on shifter shaft fork setscrew.
Test 4. Inspect synchronizer for wear, breaks, cracks, or damage that would make it unserviceable. (Refer to
para 4-16 and 4-17.)
Step 1. Replace synchronizers. (Refer to para 4-6c and 4-7e.)
Step 2. Replace synchronizer and related parts. (Refer to para 4-6c and 4-7e.)
Step 3. Overhaul transfer. (Refer to Chapter 4.)
4. AIR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY NOT ENGAGING.
Test 1. Check for loss of air pressure.
Step 1. Correct air leak; tighten connections.
Step 2. Replace hose(s).
Test 2. inspect air cylinder for leaks.
Step 1. Replace air cylinder tube gasket. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)
Step 2. Replace air cylinder piston seal. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)
Test 3. Inspect for foreign material lodged in air cylinder.
Remove, clean, and reinstall air cylinder. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)
Test 4. Check clutch shifter shaft for breaks, cracks. twists, or broken pieces. (Refer to para 2-9b(13).)
Replace clutch shifter shaft. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8l.)
2-8
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Test 5. Inspect clutch shifter shaft fork for breaks, cracks, twists, broken out sections, and bends. (Refer to
para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Replace clutch shifter shaft fork.
Test 6. Check for loose shifter fork setscrew.
Step 1. Tighten loose shifter fork setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 2. Install safety wire on shifter fork setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 3. Replace shifter fork, setscrew, and safety wire. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Test 7. Inspect output sliding clutch for roughness, cracks, breaks and broken out pieces.
Replace output sliding clutch. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Test 8. Check driving clutch for cracks, breaks, distortion and broken-out pieces.
Replace driving clutch. (Refer to para 4-5h and 5-8j.)
Test 9. Check clutch driving setscrew for looseness.
Step 1. Tighten clutch driving setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 2. Install safety wire on clutch driving setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 3. Replace setscrew and safety wire. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
5. AIR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY NOT DISENGAGING.
Test 1. Check for foreign material lodged in air cylinder.
Remove, clean, and replace air cylinder. (Refer to para 4-5e and 4-8m.)
Test 2. Inspect clutch shaft shifter fork for cracks, breaks, distortion, and missing pieces.
Replace clutch shaft shifter fork. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Test 3. Inspect shifter fork setscrew for looseness.
Step 1. Tighten setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 2. Install safety wire on setscrew. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Step 3. Replace setscrew and safety wire. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
Test 4. Check shifter shaft compression spring for broken coil(s), distortion, breaks, cracks, or
missing coil(s).
Replace spring. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
2-9
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 2-2.02. Troublshooting (Continued)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
6. REAR OUTPUT SHAFT DOES NOT TURN OR TURNS ERRATICALLY WHEN INPUT SHAFT
TURNS (LOW RANGE).
Test 1. Refer to malfunction 3, test 1.
Test 2. Check low range input gear for missing or broken gear teeth, broken-out section(s), or
missing pieces.
Replace low range input gear. (Refer to para 4-5p, 4-6c, 4-7d, and 4-8b.)
Test 3. Inspect low range counter gear for broken or missing gear teeth, broken-out section(s), or
missing pieces.
Replace low range counter gear. (Refer to para 4-5p, 4-6b, 4-7f, and 4-8b.)
Test 4. Check driven output gear for broken or missing gear teeth, broken-out section(s)
or missing pieces.
Replace driven output gear. (Refer to para 4-5k, 4-6a, 4-7g, and 4-8g.)
7. REAR OUTPUT SHAFT DOES NOT TURN OR TURNS ERRATICALLY WHEN INPUT SHAFT
TURNS (HIGH SELECTION).
Test 1. Refer to malfunction 3, test 1.
Test 2. Check high range input gear for missing teeth, cracks, breaks, missing section(s), and
missing pieces.
Step 1. Replace high range input gear. (Refer to para 4-5p, 4-6c, 4-7d, and 4-8b.)
Step 2. Replace countershaft. (Refer to para 4-5p, 4-6b, 4-7f, and 4-8b.)
Test 3. Inspect high range counter gear for missing teeth, cracks, breaks, missing section(s), and
missing pieces.
Step 1. Replace high range counter gear. (Refer to para 4-5p, 4-6b, 4-7f, and 4-8 b.)
Test 4. Check drive output clutch for missing teeth, cracks, breaks, missing section(s), and missing pieces.
Step 1. Replace drive output clutch. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
8. FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT DOES NOT TURN OR TURNS ERRATICALLY WHEN INPUT SHAFT
TURNS (LOW OR HIGH RANGE).
Test 1. Refer to malfunctions, 4 or 5.
Test 2. Inspect front output shaft for cracks, breaks, shearing, twists, and deformities.
Replace front output shaft. (Refer to para 4-5h and 4-8j.)
2-10
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TRANSFER MODEL T-136-21
1. FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT WILL NOT TURN CLOCKWISE BY HAND.
Check for defective sprag unit.
Step 1. Disassemble transfer, clean, and inspect drive sprag assembly. (Refer to para 4-22, 4-23, and
4-25.)
Step 2. Replace drive sprag assembly. (Refer to para 4-24.)
Step 3. Replace related parts, gaskets, and seals as required. (Refer to para 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25.)
Step 4. Replace transfer assembly. (Refer to TM 9-2320-209-20 gasoline or TM 9-2320-209-34

multifuel. )
2. THE FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT SLIPS, GRABS, AND TURNS WHEN HOLDING THE INPUT SHAFT
STATIONARY AND TRYING TO TURN THE OUTPUT SHAFT COUNTERCLOCKWISE BY HAND.
Inspect for a defective or worn sprag unit.
Step 1. Disassemble transfer, clean, and inspect drive sprag unit and related parts. (Refer to para
4-22, 4-23, and 4-35. )
Step 2. Replace drive sprag unit. (Refer to para 4-24.)

multifuel.)
3. INPUT SHAFT WILL NOT TURN BY HAND WITH TRANSFER SHIFTER SHAFT IN EITHER HIGH OR
LOW RANGE WITH THE REVERSE SHIFTER SHAFT HELD IN THE REVERSE SHIFT POSITION.
Check for damage to one or more gears in the transfer gear train.
Step 1. Disassemble transfer and replace damaged gears. (Refer to para 4-22, 4-23, and 4-24.)

multifuel.)
4. FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT WILL NOT TURN BY HAND WITH TRANSFER SHIFTER SHAFT IN
EITHER HIGH OR LOW RANGE WITH THE REVERSE SHIFTER SHAFT HELD IN THE REVERSE
POSITION.
Inspect for a defective sprag unit.
Step 1. Disassemble transfer and replace sprag unit. (Refer to para 4-22, 4-23, and 4-24.)

multifuel.)
2-11
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
POWER TAKEOFF MODELS WN-7-28 AND WND-7-28
1. GREASE OR LUBRICANT LEAKS.
Inspect power takeoff for leaking seals and gaskets.
Step 1. Replace seals. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
Step 2. Replace gaskets. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
2. FAULTY OPERATION, POOR ENGAGEMENT, OR NO ENGAGEMENT.
Test 1. Check input gear for breaks, cracks, missing pieces, and stripped or missing gear teeth.
Step 1. Replace input gear. (Refer to para 5-6c and 5-7i.)
Step 2. Overhaul power takeoff, as required. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
Test 2. Inspect shifter shaft fork for breaks, cracks, twists, and broken-out sections.
Step 1. Replace shifter shaft fork. (Refer to para 5-6b and 5-7j.)
Step 2. Replace shifter shaft. (Refer to para 5-6b and 5-7j.)
Test 3. Check for loose shifter shaft fork setscrew.
Step 1. Tighten shifter shaft fork setscrew. (Refer to para 5-6b and 5-7j.)
Step 2. Install safety wire on setscrew. (Refer to para 5-6b and 5-7j.)
Step 3. Replace shifter shaft fork setscrew and safety wire. (Refer to para 5-6b and 5-7j.)
Test 4. Check output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap for breaks, cracks. broken-out sections,
and distortion.
Replace output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap. (Refer to para 5-6d and 5-7h.)
Test 5. inspect front bearing cap for breaks, cracks, broken-out sections, and distortion.
Replace front bearing cap. (Refer to para 5-6e and 5-7g.)
Test 6. Inspect all bearings for galling, binding, chipped balls, and missing balls.
Replace front and rear bearings. (Refer to para 5-6 and 5-7.)
Test 7. Check all gears for breaks, cracks, missing teeth, and missing sections.
Replace gear(s). (Refer to para 5-6 and 5-7.)
Test 8. Check power takeoff case for breaks, cracks, stripped threads, missing threads, broken pieces, and
broken-out sections.
Replace power takeoff case. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
2-12
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. NOISY OPERATION.
Test 1. Search for trouble.
Step 1. Check all parts for wear, breaks, chips, or other damage; drain and flush; inspect drainings
for metal chips, broken teeth, bearings, parts, etc. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5- 17.)
Step 2. Disassemble, and repair or replace parts, as required. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
Step 3. Overhaul assembly. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
Test 2. Check for mismated gears (overhauled unit).
Step 1. Disassemble, and repair or replace parts, as required. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
Step 2. Overhaul assembly. (Refer to para 5-6, 5-7, 5-16, and 5-17.)
2-13
TM 9-2520-246-34
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
POWER TAKEOFF MODEL P-136-C
1. GREASE OR LUBRICANT LEAKS.
Inspect power takeoff for leaking seals and gaskets.
Step 1. Replace seals. (Refer to para 5-26 and 5-27.)
Step 2. Replace gaskets. (Refer to para 5-26 and 5-27.)
2. FAULTY OPERATION, POOR ENGAGEMENT, OR NO ENGAGEMENT.
Test 1. Inspect sliding clutch for burs, cracks, breaks, broken teeth, missing sections, and galling.
Replace sliding clutch. (Refer to para 5-26b and 5-27e.)
Test 2. Inspect bearings for binding. looseness, scraping, galling, grinding, and binding.
Replace all takeoff bearings. (Refer to para 5-26 and 5-27.)
Test 3. Check output shaft for breaks, cracks, burs, galling, bends, and broken pieces.
Replace output shaft. (Refer to para 5-26 and 5-27.)
Test 4. Check shifter shaft for breaks, cracks, twists. bends, and broken pieces.
Replace shifter shaft. (Refer to para 5-26b and 5-27e.)
Test 5. Inspect pump assembly for breaks, cracks, galled surfaces, and stripped threads.
Replace pump assembly. (Refer to para 5-26b and 5-27e.)
Test 6. Inspect housing for cracks, breaks, galling, oversize or out-of-round bearing bores. stripped threads,
missing parts, broken sections, and irregular surfaces.
Replace housing. (Refer to para 5-26 and 5-27.)
2-14
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section III. GENERAL MAINTENANCE
2-7. General. Because the transmissions, transfers, cleaning equipment, or by hand brushing, using
and power takeoffs are very similar in construction drycleaning solvent, type II (SD-2), Fed Spec P-D-
and material, use generalized cleaning practices, as 680, as a cleaning agent. Total immersion in a dip
recommended. If and when special cleaning practices tank is also approved, provided the cleaning agent is
are required, refer to the specific cleaning instructions drycleaning solvent. The use of stronger cleaning
in the pertinent chapter. agents, such as caustic soda or detergents, is
prohibited because of the corrosive effect on bearings.
2-8. Cleaning.
d. Cleaning Component Parts After Disassembly.
a. Cleanliness. Cleanliness of personnel, tools, and
area surroundings is not only good practice, but it is a (1) It is essential that the equipment used during
fundamental requirement when mechanical repairs are the cleaning operation suit the particular cleaning job
performed. This is particularly true of the areas in being performed. Round brushes should be used for
which transmissions, transfers, and power takeoffs are internal bores, and square or rectangular brushes
repaired or rebuilt. All of the information and should be used for flat or external surfaces. Each part
instructions contained in this manual are given with should be cleaned thoroughly and individually.
the assumption that these conditions prevail in the
working area. Transmission, transfer, and power NOTE
takeoff repairs, except those of an emergency nature,
should never be accomplished under any other Bearings require special handling. Cleaning,
conditions. inspection, and preparation for use of ball
and roller bearings are covered in TM 9-
b. Precautions. 214.
(1) Do not use drycleaning solvent, type II, (SD-2) (2) Clean all other parts of hardened oil, lacquer
Fed Spec P-D-680, near an open flame because it is deposits, and dirt, paying particular attention to the
flammable. Fire extinguishers must be provided when small oil holes in the gears and to the lock ball bores
this material is used. Avoid contact of these solvents with in the shifter shaft cover. Remove all gaskets or parts
the skin as they may cause cracks, mild irritation or of gaskets from surfaces, using a putty knife or other
inflammation of the skin. suitable scraper. Be careful to avoid scratching or
gouging the surface metal.
(2) Avoid contact of drycleaning solvent or
lubricants with rubber parts since these materials can (3) Rinse the parts in clean drycleaning solvent
cause deterioration. type II (SD-2), Fed Spec P-D-680. This is a highly
important operation. Spraying solvent over the parts
(3) The use of gasoline, mineral spirits paint or suspending the part in a mechanically agitated bath
thinner, or benzine for cleaning is strictly prohibited. of solvent are the preferred methods of rinsing. In the
absence of such facilities, however, the parts may be
c. Cleaning Transmission, Transfer, and Power rinsed by immersing them in a container of clean
Takeoff Assemblies Prior to Disassembly. drycleaning solvent and shaking them vigorously. Dry
the parts with compressed air.
(1) Scrape or brush all accumulations of dirt or
road mud from the transmission case and attached 2-9. Inspection.
parts with a scraper or wire brush. Note and mark, by
scratching the case with a sharp-pointed tool, any a. General.
moist oil spots or unusually heavy accumulations of
oil-soaked road mud, for these are good clues to the (1) This section contains general inspection
location of small cracks or holes that might escape procedures for transmissions, transfers, and power
notice in a visual inspection. However, do not confuse takeoffs. Not all inspection procedures will apply to
these accumulations with those that result from each assembly. Therefore, it will be up to maintenance
leaking gaskets or oil seals. A leak at a seal or a personnel to apply the pertinent procedure to the
gasket is more or less normal for an assembly that has assembly which they are inspecting. Most inspection
been in service for any length of time, and the area procedures will apply to all assemblies. Special
covered is generally localized around the shaft bores, inspection procedures for an assembly are given in the
power takeoff openings, etc. respective chapter for that assembly.
(2) Complete external cleaning with steam- (2) All parts must be thoroughly examined and
2-15
TM 9-2520-246-34
inspected to determine serviceability. Some wear or distorted or damaged.

damage will be visually evident; however, it may be
necessary to use tools or gages to, determine the extent (6) Expansion Plugs. Replace all expansion
of wear. The inspection procedure has two objectives: plugs.
the first is to eliminate any part or parts that are
unsuitable for use or doubtful parts that could (7) Retaining Nuts. Replace retaining nuts that
conceivably cause the premature failure of the rebuilt have damaged threads, cuts, or cracks.
unit; the second, and equally important, is to reduce
scrapping of parts that retain a high percentage of (8) Gearshafts. Inspect gearshafts for gall marks
useful life. Because the decision whether a part should or flat spots. Check gearshafts for fit as outlined in
be scrapped or reused is frequently a matter of para b(1) above. Check bearing-to-shaft fit. Refer to
judgment, this operation should be performed by repair and rebuild standards. Smooth any minor
personnel experienced in the maintenance of imperfections with crocus cloth or honing stone.
transmissions, transfers, and power takeoffs. Reject for any other damage. Shafts that are scored or
pitted must be replaced.
(3) Instructions for the removal of minor
imperfections and defects are included in this section {9) Gears. The experience and good judgment of
because they facilitate the inspection procedure. Every the inspector are required to a greater degree in
part which requires it must be washed, rinsed, and judging gears than in any other operation. It is not
dried upon completion of the repair. possible to give arbitrary instructions as to when a
particular condition makes a gear unfit for further
use. The major and minor defects can only be pointed
b. Inspection Procedure. out, leaving the in-between scrap or salvage decision
to the discretion of the individual.
(1) Casting. Inspect all gasket surfaces, all
bearing caps and shifter shaft covers. Remove any (a) Small nicks or burs on the engaging ends of
burs, scratches, or gouges from these surfaces with a the teeth may be removed with a small honing stone.
hand-honing stone. Clean all burs or foreign material This is only practical for minor defects. Fractures of
from snapring grooves and expansion plug grooves. the teeth are cause for rejection.
Check the cases for cracks or small pin holes, paying
particular attention to areas that were marked for (b) Teeth which are fractured or burred must be
attention prior to initial cleaning. Cracks that do not examined very carefully. Small burs may be removed
extend into bearing bores or mounting holes may be by honing. Fractured areas, provided there are no
repaired. Refer to TM 9-237 for procedures for hairline cracks radiating away from the area, may also
welding or brazing cast iron. Check and clean all be smoothed by honing.
tapped holes. Mark any damaged holes or damaged or
broken studs for repair. Try the gearshafts in the shaft (c) Fractures due to metal fatigue are cause for
bores of the cases. The shafts should be a snug fit in rejection.
both the front and rear bore. If there is loose fit in
any bore, try a new, unused shaft in the bore. Discard (d) When the hubs of gears are scored, gouged,
either the case or the old gearshaft, whichever is found or burred seriously, the gears must be discarded.
to cause looseness. Minor imperfections may be smoothed out by honing.
Excessive wear will be revealed when end play is
(2) Clutch Housing. Inspect the clutch housing checked during the subsequent assembly operations.
for breaks or cracks. Small cracks that do not extend
into the mounting holes may be repaired by welding. (e) Examine the internal splines of all sliding
gears. Twisted or broken splines are cause for
(3) Bearing Caps. Press the oil seal from the rejection. Remove minor defects by honing. The
main shaft rear bearing cap, and discard the seal. inspection of splines is discussed in para (10) below.
Inspect all bearing caps for burs, gouges, or scratches
on the gasket surface, and smooth out with hand- (10) Mainshafts and Output Shafts. Inspect
honing stone if necessary. bearing journals; reject for obvious defects such as
scored or galled spots or wear beyond limits specified
(4) Gear Spacers and Thrust Washers. Replace in the repair and replacement standards contained in
all main shaft gear spacers, bearing spacers, and thrust the respective chapter for each assembly. Inspect
washers. threads on output end of shaft. Clean any flattened
threads with a three-cornered file and wrap the
(5) Snaprings. Replace all snaprings. Snaprings threads with three or four turns of friction tape as a
furnished as part of ball bearings may be reused if not protective measure against further damage until the
2-16
TM 9-2520-246-34
transmission is assembled. Mount the mainshafts in cover for cracks or breakage. Small cracks that do not
test centers and check for misalinement at bearing extend into the mounting holes can be repaired.
journals and along the entire length of the shaft by Check and clean out all tapped holes; mark for repair
using a dial indicator. Misalinement in excess of any damaged holes or broken off studs in tapped
0.001 inch is cause for rejection. Inspect the splines holes. Use a honing stone to smooth out any
and reject the shaft if splines are twisted, scored, or scratches, burs, or gouges on the gasket surface.
obviously worn. Smooth minor defects with slip stone Carefully check the shifter shaft and poppet ball
or honing stone. Install the sliding internally splined bores. If the shifter shaft bores are seriously scored,
gears on the mainshaft and clamp the mainshaft gouged, or galled, the cover must be rejected. Clean
upright in a bench vise. Check each gear, in turn, for up minor imperfections with crocus cloth. Reject the
spline clearance by inserting a narrow feeler gage on cover if the edges of the poppet ball bores are chipped
edge between the splines. Refer to repair and or rounded.
replacement standards contained in the respective
chapter for each assembly. If clearance is in excess of 2-10. Repair.
this established tolerance, check with a new gear and
new shaft to determine whether gear splines or shaft a. General.
splines are at fault. Reject the part at fault. Check
wear on front and rear bearings. (1) This section contains repair instructions for
the assemblies discussed in this manual. Because the
material and construction are similar, the repair
(11) Countershafts. Follow the same procedure, instructions will be given in general form. If special
when applicable to the countershaft, as outlined above repair is required, refer to Cleaning, Inspection, and
for the mainshaft. Use a honing stone to smooth out Repair section of the respective chapter for the
any burs, gouges, or scratches. Pay particular assembly.
attention to the section of the shaft that carries the
press fit gears, especially in and around the key slots. (2) Only high quality repairs are acceptable.
Any deviation from the normal condition in this area Makeshift or temporary repairs are not acceptable,
will cause considerable trouble when reassembling the except in extreme emergencies.
gears on the shaft. Try the woodruff keys in the key
slots. If neither the key nor the slot is distorted or (3) Small holes or cracks in assembly cases,
misshapen, the key will require only light tapping to shifter shaft covers, or clutch housings may be
completely seat in the slot. Do not attempt to force repaired by welding or brazing, provided they do not
the key into place; if difficulty is encountered, use a extend into the bearing bores or mounting surfaces. It
new key. should be noted, however, that these parts are cast
iron. A special technique is required to satisfactorily
(12) Input Shaft. Inspect the splines on the input weld this type of material; ordinary welding methods
shaft for wear, twisting, or galling. Inspect bearing and materials are not suitable. (Refer to TM 9-237.)
journals for wear. Determine that the gear teeth are
not cracked, broken, or otherwise damaged. (4) Remove the short ends of any bolts or studs
broken off in tapped holes. Clean out and inspect all
(13) Shifter Fork Shafts. Check the shifter fork tapped holes; retap where necessary. If hole threads
shafts for misalinement by rolling them across a are stripped, or if holes are out-of-round, drill out to
smooth, level surface. Failure to roll, or rolling with a next larger size and tap. Install a bolt or stud of the
bumping sound, indicates misalinement. Bent or correct size to fit the newly tapped hole.
sprung shafts must be rejected, unless suitable
straightening equipment is available. Inspect the shaft b. Handling After Inspection and Repair.
poppet ball detents for wear or damage. Reject the
shaft if detents are chipped or are not sharply defined. (1) All parts, whether new or used, must be
lightly coated with lube oil (OE/HDO 30), ICE, MIL-
(14) Poppet Balls and Springs. Reject all poppet L-2104, immediately after inspection and/or repair,
balls with flat spots and all weak or broken springs. prior to assembly into the transmission. Oiling the
Use only those parts that are completely satisfactory. parts gives them a rust-preventive coating and
facilitates the assembly operations.
(15) Shifter Forks. Inspect shifter forks, paying
particular attention to the lower fork ends. Bent, (2) Make sure that all new gaskets and
broken, or sprung parts are to be rejected outright, as replacement parts are available to replace those
repairs are impossible. Worn parts may be used at the discarded.
discretion of the inspector.
(3) Check to be sure that all parts are at hand so
(16) Shifter Shaft Cover. Inspect shifter shaft the assembly operations may proceed without
2-17
TM 9-2520-246-34
interruptions. ICE, MIL-L-2104. Allow the seal to soak for 45 minutes

before installation.
(4) When preparing a new oil seal for assembly,
place it in a small container of lube oil (OE/HDO 10) 2-11. Lubrication. Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12/1 for
lubrication instructions.
Section IV. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF

MAJOR COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLIES
2-12. General. This section provides procedures for 2-14. Transfer, Models T-136-21 and T-136-27.
the removal and installation of the following major Refer to TM 9-2320-209-34 for multifuel engine
components and assemblies: transmission, transfer, powered vehicles or TM 9-2320-209-20 for gasoline
and power takeoff assemblies. engine powered vehicles.
2-13. Transmissions, Models 3052 and 3053A. 2-15. Power Takeoffs, Models WN-7-28, WND-
Refer to TM 9-2320-209-34 for multifuel engine 7-28, and P-136-C. Refer to TM 9-2320-209-34 for
powered vehicles or TM 9-2320-209-20 for gasoline multifuel engine powered vehicles or TM 9-2320-209-
powered vehicles. 20 for gasoline engine powered vehicles.
2-18
TM 9-2520-246-34
CHAPTER 3
REPAIR OF TRANSMISSIONS
Section I. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA (MODEL 3052)
3-1. General. This chapter contains the repair because the input gear and countershaft drive gear are
instructions for transmission models 3052 and 3053A. continuously meshed. Because the countershaft gears
This section provides the description, operation, and are integral with, or keyed to, the countershaft, power
data pertinent to the five-speed synchromesh, is continuously available at any countershaft gear.
manually shifted transmission model 3052. Due to the constant mesh of second, third, and fifth
(overdrive) gears of the mainshaft and countershaft,
3-2. Description. locking any one of these gears to the mainshaft causes
the mainshaft to rotate at a rate proportionate to the
a. General. Transmission model 3052, shown in ratio of that gear to the countershaft gear with which
figure 3-1, is utilized on the 2½-ton, 6x6, M44 series it is meshed. Rotation of the mainshaft is in the same
vehicles using a gas engine, not equipped with a front direction as that of the input shaft, except in reverse
winch. This same transmission is used with vehicles gear.
equipped with a front winch. The transmission has a
power takeoff mounted on the left side (fig. 3-2) which (2) Reverse Gear Power Flow. Power is
is used to drive the winch. The construction of the transmitted by the countershaft second-speed reverse-
transmission is illustrated in figures 3-3 to 3-11. idler gear and the constantly meshed reverse-idler gear
to the mainshaft first-speed reverse gear, which is
b. Operation. splined to the mainshaft, driving the mainshaft in the
direction opposite to the input shaft. (See fig. 3-12,
(1) Power Flow. The flow of power through the view A.)
transmission gear train and shafts is graphically shown
in figure 3-12. In operation, the input gear is (3) First Speed Power Flow. Power is transmitted
constantly applying power to the countershaft, by the countershaft and mainshaft first-speed gears to
regardless of the speed selected by the operator, the mainshaft. (See fig. 3-12, view B.)
Figure 3-1. Transmission Models 3052 and 3053A - Exterior Components.
3-1
TM 9-2520-246-34
(7) Fifth Speed Power Flow. Power is

transmitted by the input gear, which is coupled to the
mainshaft by the fourth-fifth speed synchronizer,
directly to the mainshaft. Since the interlocking action
of the synchronizer in effect makes one continuous
shaft of the input shaft and mainshaft, the drive here
is direct, i.e., a 1.00-1.00 ratio. (See fig. 3-12, view F.)
3-3. Data.
National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-347-4520

Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7520995
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spicer
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3052
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchromesh
Speeds:
Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Gear types:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
Mainshaft (except first-reverse) . . . . . . . . . Helical
Mainshaft (first-reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur
Countershaft (except first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
Countershaft first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur
Reverse idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur-helical
Bearings:
Input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
Mainshaft front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight roller
Mainshaft rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
Figure 3-2. Transmission Models 3052 and 3053A Countershaft front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight roller
Equipped With a Power Takeoff. Countershaft rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
Reverse idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight roller
(4) Second Speed Power Flow. Power is Lubrication capacity:
transmitted by the countershaft second-speed reverse- W/O pto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8½ pt
idler gear to the mainshaft second-speed gear, which is W / p t o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10½ pt
coupled to the mainshaft by the second-third gear Input shaft size:
synchronizer, and to the main shaft. (See fig. 3-12, Spline diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.499 in.
view C.) Number of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Full length of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.375 in.
(5) Third Speed Power Flow. Power is Mainshaft (output end) size:
transmitted by the countershaft third-speed gear and Spline diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.499 in.
to the mainshaft third-speed gear, which is coupled to Number of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
the mainshaft by the second-third speed synchronizer, Full length of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.906 in.
and through the mainshaft. (See fig. 3-12, view D). Gear ratios:
First speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 to 1.00
(6) Fourth Speed Power Flow. Power is Second speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 to 1.00
transmitted by the countershaft fourth-speed gear
Third speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 to 1.00
through the mainshaft fourth-speed gear, which is
Fourth speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45 to 1.00
coupled to the mainshaft by the fourth-fifth speed
Fifth speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 to 1.00
synchronizer, and to the mainshaft. (See fig. 3-12,
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36 to 1.00
view E.)
3-2
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-3. Transmission Model 3053A Sectional View (Also Typical of Model 3052).
Legend for fig. 3-3:
Key Item Key Item
A Cap, input shaft bearing AA Shaft, reverse-first speed shifter

B Shaft, input BB Snapring, mainshaft rear bearing outer
C Snapring, input shaft bearing race
D Bearing, input shaft CC Cap, mainshaft rear bearing
E Snapring, input shaft bearing outer DD Slinger, companion flange grease
F Housing, clutch bell EE Nut, lock
G Roller, mainshaft front bearing FF Flange, companion
H Synchronizer, fourth-fifth speed GG Mainshaft
J Fork, fourth-fifth speed shifter HH Cap, countershaft rear bearing
K Cover, shifter shaft JJ Nut, lock
L Ring, gearshift lever support spring KK Bearing, countershaft rear
retaining LL Snapping, countershaft rear bearing
M Spring, gearshift lever support outer race
N Lever, gearshift MM Bearing, reverse idler gear roller
P Pin, gearshift lever pivot NN Shaft, reverse idler gear
Q Cup, gearshift lever support PP Gear, reverse idler
R Plate, interlock QQ Gear, countershaft first speed (integral)
S Gear, mainshaft fifth speed (free) RR Gear, countershaft second-reverse idler
T Gear, mainshaft third speed (free) (integral)
U Fork, second-third speed shifter SS Countershaft
V Synchronizer, second-third speed TT Gear, countershaft third speed (integral)
W Shaft, second-third and fourth-fifth UU Gear, countershaft fifth speed (keyed)
speed shifter VV Housing, transmission
X Gear, mainshaft second speed (free) WW Gear, countershaft drive fourth-speed (keyed)
Y Fork, reverse-first speed gear XX Bearing, countershaft front
Z Gear, reverse-first speed (sliding YY Cover, clutch (bell) housing inspection
splined) ZZ Cap, countershaft front bearing
3-3
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-4. Transmission Input Shaft and Bearing.
Figure 3-5. Transmission Mainshaft — Input Shaft Removed — Model 3052.
3-4
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-6. Transmission Mainshaft Assembly — Model 3052 — Exploded View.
Figure 3-7. Transmission Countershaft Assembly.
3-5
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-8. Transmission Countershaft Assembly — Exploded View.
Figure 3-9. Reverse Idler Gear and Shaft Assembly — Exploded View.
3-6
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-10. Synchronizer Construction.
KEY ITEM KEY ITEM
A Friction surface E Detent ball and spring

B Synchronizer sleeve F Mainshaft gears
C Shifter fork G Input shaft integral gear
D Synchronizer sliding gear
Figure 3-11. Synchronizer Construction — Sectional View.
3-7
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-12. Power Flow — Transmission Model 3052.
3-8
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section II. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA

(MODEL 3053A)
3-4. General. The description and operation of the (overdrive) synchronizer and to the mainshaft. (See fig. 3-
transmission model 3053A is very similar to that of 15, view B.)
transmission model 3052. Therefore, this section will
refer to Section I, where applicable, to avoid 3-6. Data.
repetition. Only the differences will be given in this
section. National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-884-4833
Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10872096
3-5. Description and Operation. Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spicer
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3053A
a. Description. Figure 3-1 shows the transmission Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchromesh
model 3053A used on the 2½-ton, 6x6, multifuel Speeds:
engine vehicles without front winch equipment. This Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
transmission can also power a front winch by means Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
of a power takeoff mounted on the left side of the Gear types:
transmission. (See fig. 3-2.) The construction of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
transmission model 3053A is almost identical to that Mainshaft (except first-reverse) . . . . . . . . . Helical
of transmission model 3052, except for the fourth and Mainshaft first-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur
fifth gear arrangements. This difference is shown by Countershaft (except first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
comparison between figures 3-13 and 3-6 and figures 3-14 Countershaft first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur
and 3-8. Reverse idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spur-helical
Bearings:
b. Operation. Input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
Mainshaft front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight roller
(1) Power Flow. Power flow for transmission Mainshaft rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
model 3053A is the exact opposite of the power flow Countershaft front . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight Roller
for transmission model 3052. See figure 3-15 for the Countershaft rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
difference in power flow. See figure 3-12 for first-, Reverse idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight roller
second-, and third-speed power flow. Input shaft size:
Spline diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.499 in.
(2) Fourth-Speed Power Flow. Power is Number of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
transmitted from the input gear, which is coupled to Full length of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.375 in.
the mainshaft by the fourth-fifth synchronizer, directly Mainshaft (output end) size:
to the mainshaft. Because the interlocking action of Spline diameter l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.499 in.
the synchronizer in effect makes one continuous shaft Number of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
of the input shaft and mainshaft, the drive here is Full length of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.906 in.
direct; i.e., a 1-to-1 ratio. (See fig. 3-15, view A.) Gear ratios:
First speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.02 to 1
(3) Fifth-Speed (Overdrive) Power Flow. Power Second speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 to 1
is transmitted by the countershaft fifth-speed Third speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62 to 1
(overdrive) gear to the mainshaft fifth-speed Fourth speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 to l.00
(overdrive) gear, which is coupled to the fourth-fifth Fifth speed (overdrive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.79 to 1
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 to 1
3-9
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-13. Transmission Mainshaft Assembly — Exploded View —

Transmission Model 3053A.
Figure 3-14. Transmission Countershaft Assembly — Exploded View —

Transmission Model 3053A.
Figure 3-15. Power Fl O w — Transmission Model 3053A.
3-10
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section III. REPAIR (MODEL 3052)
3-7. General.
a. Clean the exterior of the transmission in

accordance with Chapter 2, section III of this manual.
b. Refer to Chapter 2, section II of this manual for

troubleshooting procedures.
c. When a transmission is repaired, it must be

disassembled completely so that the parts may be
thoroughly cleaned and inspected for wear or damage.
Refer to Chapter 2, section III of this manual for
instructions on the repair and rebuilding of the
transmissions.
d. Disassembly is accomplished in two stages: first,

disassembly into subassemblies; second, disassembly of
the subassemblies. Always use separate containers for
the parts of each subassembly. If more than one Figure 3-16. Removal of Clutch Release Bearing
transmission is being rebuilt at the same time, Support Assembly.
provision must be made for keeping the parts of each
transmission separate. This is especially important case. (See fig. 3-18.) Remove clutch bell housing
when some parts are to be used again. gasket from the face of the transmission case.
e. Disassembly of the transmission is accomplished b. Shifter Shaft Cover. Position the transmission
by following logical step-by-step procedures. shifter shaft in neutral. Remove the eight capscrews
Paragraph 3-8 provides disassembly to the and washers securing the shifter shaft cover, and lift
subassembly level, paragraph 3-9 provides the straight up to clear transmission case; discard the
disassembly procedures from the subassembly level to cover gasket (See fig. 3-19.)
the piece part. Assembly procedures are given only
where special attention to a part or assembly is NOTE
required or needed. The assembly of the transmission
is the exact opposite of disassembly except where When installing shifter shaft cover, position
otherwise specified for clarity. Always use new gaskets the shifter shaft in neutral and place the
and seals during assembly. shifter forks in the mainshaft synchronizer
grooves. (See fig. 3-20.)
3-8. Disassembly of Transmission Into
Subassemblies.
a. Clutch Release Assembly.
(1) Unhook the two support springs securing the

release bearing support assembly to the clutch release
yoke and remove from the input shaft bearing cap.
(See fig. 3-16.)
(2) Remove the two capscrews and lockwashers

securing the clutch release yoke to the clutch shaft.
(See fig. 3-16.) Partially slide the clutch release shaft
through the clutch bell housing and remove the two
yoke keys from the shaft. (See fig. 3-17.) Remove the
clutch release yoke from the shaft and complete the
removal of the clutch release shaft from the clutch
housing.
(3) Remove the five capscrews and lockwashers Figure 3-17. Removal of Clutch Release Yoke and
securing the clutch bell housing to the transmission Release Shaft.
3-11
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-19. Removal of Shifter Shaft Cover.

Figure 3-18. Removal of Clutch Bell Housing.
NOTE
c. Companion Flange. Slide the gears on the
mainshaft to lock the transmission. Remove the cotter When assembling the companion flange.
pin from the mainshaft and nut. Remove the retaining coat the companion flange seal bearing
nut securing the companion flange to the mainshaft. surface with a light coating of grease,
(See fig. 3-20.) Using the universal puller (item 4, table artillery and automotive (GAA), MIL-G-
2-1) remove the companion flange. (See fig. 3-21.) 10924. Use care not to damage the bearing
surface of the seal. Tighten the companion
flange retainer nut to 120-150 lb-ft torque.
Figure 3-20. Transmission Shifter Forks, Gears, and Synchronizers

in Neutral Position.
3-12
TM 9-2520-246-34
gasket. Discard the gasket. Slide the input shaft and

bearing assembly straight out from the transmission.
Keep input shaft-to-mainshaft roller bearings together
for use in assembly purposes.
Figure 3-21. Removal of Companion Flange.
d. Mainshaft Rear Bearing Cap Assembly. Remove

the four capscrews and lockwashers securing the
bearing cap assembly to the transmission case. (See
fig. 3-22.) Remove the bearing cap assembly, spacer, Figure 3-23. Removal of Countershaft Rear
and gasket. Discard the gasket. Bearing Cover.
NOTE
e. Countershaft Rear Bearing Cover. Remove the
four capscrews and lockwashers securing the
countershaft rear bearing cover to the transmission On installation, coat the roller bearings
case. (See fig. 3-23.) Remove the countershaft rear with grease, artillery and automotive
bearing cover and gasket. Discard the gasket. (GAA) MIL-G-10924. This practice
prevents the roller bearings from dropping
out of place during assembly.
Figure 3-22. Removal of Mainshaft Rear Bearing

Cap Assembly.
f. Power Takeoff Cover Opening. Remove the six

capscrews and lockwashers securing the power takeoff
opening cover to the transmission case. (See fig. 3-24.) Figure 3-24. Removal of Power Takeoff Opening Cover.
Remove the cover and gasket. Discard the gasket.
h. Mainshaft Rear Bearing. With the use of a block
g. Input Shaft Bearing Cap. Remove the four of wood, drive the mainshaft rearward to force the
capscrews and lockwashers securing the input shaft rear bearing from the transmission case. (See fig. 3-
bearing cap to the transmission case. (See fig. 3-25.) 26.) Use a universal puller to remove the rear bearing
Remove the input shaft bearing cap, spacer, and from the mainshaft.
3-13
TM 9-2520-246-34
NOTE
During installation, place rear bearing on

the mainshaft and aline the bearing with
the transmission opening. Use wooden
block and mallet to drive the bearing into
place.
i. Fourth- and Fifth-Speed Synchronizer. Firmly

apply downward pressure to the rear of the mainshaft
while sliding the fourth- and fifth-speed synchronizer
from the mainshaft. (See fig. 3-27.)
j. Mainshaft Assembly. Hold the mainshaft in the Figure 3-26. Removal of Mainshaft Rear Bearing.
rear position as illustrated in figure 3-28, and tilt the
front of the shaft upward. Slide the mainshaft from l. Countershaft Rear Bearing. Hold the
the first and reverse gear, leaving the gear in the case. countershaft gears in locked position by using a wood
wedge block between the gears and the transmission
NOTE case. Remove the cotter pin from the countershaft
assembly, the retaining nut, and the washer. (See fig.
During installation, slide the mainshaft into 3-30.)
the first and reverse gear and through the
transmission case bearing opening.
Figure 3-27. Removal of Fourth- and Fifth-Speed

Figure 3-25. Removal of Input Shaft Bearing Cap. Synchronizer.
k. Idler Gear Assembly. Screw adapter (item 3, NOTE

table 2-1) into idler gear shaft. Thread slide handle
puller into adapter and pull idler gear shaft from When installing the retaining nut, tighten
housing. (See fig. 3-29.) Tilt idler gear. to 120-150 lb-ft torque.
NOTE m. Countershaft. Slide the shaft rearward out of

the front bearing. Extend the shaft out of the front
During installation, insert the idler gear bearing and extend the shaft through the rear bearing
shaft in the outer transmission case opening bore, then remove the countershaft assembly from the
and through the idler gear assembly. Aline transmission case. (See fig. 3-31.)
the shaft with the bracket opening and,
using a soft hammer, drive the shaft into n. Countershaft Front Bearing. Using a soft drift
position. The indentation of the shaft must pin and mallet, working from inside the transmission
be alined with the outer case housing and case assembly, drive the front bearing retainer from
cutaway section of the countershaft rear the transmission case. (See fig. 3-32.) Remove bearing
bearing cap. from transmission case.
3-14
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-28. Removal of Mainshaft Assembly.

Figure 3-30. Removal of Countershaft Rear Bearing.
3-9. Disassembly of Subassemblies.
CAUTION
Use extreme care not to lose roller bearings

from the mainshaft end of the input shaft.
a. Input Shaft Assembly. Using a pair of pliers,

remove the input shaft ball bearing retainer snapring.
(See fig. 3-33.) Place the input shaft between two
parallel blocks, spline upward. Using an arbor press,
push the input shaft ball bearing from the shaft.
Figure 3-31. Removal of Countershaft Assembly.
Figure 3-29. Removal of Idler Gearshaft and

Idler Gear Assembly.
NOTE
When installing the input shaft roller

bearings, keystone construction of assembly
requires endwise insertion of last roller.
Also, coat the input shaft and ball bearing
bore with white lead pigment, Fed Spec
TT-W-261C, before pressing the ball
bearing assembly back on the shaft. Figure 3-32. Removal of Countershaft Front Bearing.
3-15
TM 9-2520-246-34
b. Main Drive Gear Assembly.
(1) Remove the snapring and fourth-speed gear

thrust washer from mainshaft assembly. (See fig. 3-
34.) Slide the fourth-speed gear from the mainshaft.
(2) Setup fixture as shown in figure 3-35. Apply

pressure from the press ram and remove fourth-speed
gear sleeve and third-speed gear.
(3) Slide second- and third-speed synchronizer

free of mainshaft. Using a pair of pliers, remove the
snapring which holds the second-speed synchronizer
sleeve in position. Set up press as shown in figure 3-
36. Press second- and third-speed synchronizer sleeve
approximately ¼ inch. Do not press second-speed
gear onto woodruff keys of mainshaft. Install the
puller on second and third speed synchronizer sleeve
as shown in figure 3-37. Continue to remove Figure 3-34. Removal of Fourth-Speed Gear.
synchronizer sleeve from shaft and remove the two
woodruff keys, then remove second-speed gear.
(2) Using a punch and hammer, remove the
expansion plugs. Clip the safety wire and loosen the
four setscrews holding the shift forks and actuating
lug in position. (See fig. 3-42.) Then remove the three
shifter shafts.
(3) Turn the shifter cover right side up and

remove the poppet balls and springs. (See fig. 3-43.)
(4) Pry the interlock plate up and remove the

interlock plate, springs, and interlock plate spring
washers. (See fig. 3-44.)
(5) Drive first and reverse shifter shaft oil seal

(fig. 3-45) out with punch and hammer, and discard
seal.
Figure 3-33. Disassembly of Input Shaft Assembly. (6) Remove the lower shift lever, lockring, spring,
and spring cup. (See fig. 3-46.) Slide the shifter shaft
lever through the shifter shaft cover.
c. Countershaft Assembly.
(1) Using a pair of pliers, remove snapring.

Position countershaft on press as shown in figure 3-
38. Install a puller adapter under the drive gear and
press the shaft from the gear. Remove woodruff key.
(2) Place into press as shown in figure 3-39.

Remove fourth-speed gear snapring and press the
shaft. Then remove fourth-speed woodruff key.
d. Mainshaft Rear Bearing Cap. Using a round

suitable block, drive the oil seal from the bearing cap.
(See fig. 3-40.)
e. Shifter Shaft Cover Assembly.
(1) Remove the interlock safety nuts and bolts. Figure 3-35. Removal of Third-Speed Gear and Fourth-
(See fig. 3-41.) Speed Gear Sleeve.
3-16
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-36. Removal Second-Speed Gear, Second- Figure 3-38. Removal of Countershaft Drive Gear
and Third-Speed
(Fifth-Speed Gear).
Synchronizer and Synchronizer Sleeve.
3-10. Assembly of Subassemblies.

(4) Turn shifter shaft cover upside down, and
insert the springs and poppet balls into the shifter
a. Shifter Shaft Cover. shaft cover holes. (See fig. 3-43) Depress the spring
and ball with a punch and slide the shaft through the
(1) Using a new oil seal, install the first and shifter fork cover. Use the same procedure for
reverse shifter shaft oil seal. (See fig. 3-45.)
installing the remaining two poppet springs and balls.
NOTE
Soak felt seal in universal gear lubricant

(GO 90), MIL-L-2105, before assembly.
(2) Slide the lower shift lever into cover at

fulcrum pivot pins. Install lower shift lever, cup,
spring, and lockring. (See fig. 3-46.)
(3) Place the interlock plate into position and

install the springs and plate spring washers. Plate
spring washers are installed between the springs and
the shifter shaft cover. (See fig. 3-44.) Install the safety Figure 3-39. Removal of Countershaft Fourth-
nuts and bolts. (See fig. 3-41.) Speed Gear.
Figure 3-37. Removal of Second-Speed Gear, Second-

Figure 3-40. Removal of Mainshaft Rear Bearing
and Third-Speed Synchronizer and Synchronizer Sleeve.
Cap Oil Seal
3-17
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-41. Shifter Shaft Cover.

Figure 3-43. Removal of Poppet Balls and Springs.
(5) Tighten the four setscrews securing the shift
forks and actuating lug in position. (See fig. 3-42.)
NOTE
Install safety wire on the setscrew. Install the
expansion plugs, using a hammer and suitable punch.
Install fourth-speed gear with the collar of
the gear facing toward the front of the
(6) Tighten interlock safety nuts and bolts to 40-
countershaft.
50 lb-ft torque (See fig. 3-41.)
(2) Install woodruff key in countershaft at fifth-
speed gear position. Coat countershaft and fifth-speed
gear bore with a light coating of grease, artillery and
automotive (GAA), MIL-G-10924. Place the
countershaft and fifth-speed gear (countershaft drive
gear) under the press, line up the woodruff key with
the slot in the gear and press into position. Secure
gear in place with a new snapring. See figure 3-38 for
positioning of the fifth-speed gear.
NOTE
Install fifth-speed gear with the collar of

the gear facing toward rear of the
countershaft.
Figure 3-42. Removal of Expansion Plugs, Setscrews,

Shifter Shafts, Actuating Lug and Shifter Forks.
b. Countershaft.
(I) Install woodruff key in countershaft at fourth-

speed gear position. Coat countershaft at fourth-speed
gear bore with a light coating of grease, artillery and
automotive (GAA), MIL-G-10924. Place assembly
in press, aline fourth-speed gear slot with woodruff
key and press the gear onto the countershaft. Secure
gear in place with a new snapring. See figure 3-39 for
positioning of the fourth-speed gear. Figure 3-44. Removal of Interlock Plate and Springs.
3-18
TM 9-2520-246-34
e. Input Shaft.
(1) Place the input shaft ball bearing on the input

shaft. Place the input shaft between two parallel
blocks, spline downward. Using an arbor press, press
the input shaft ball bearing onto the shaft. Secure
bearing to input shaft using a new snapring. See fig.
3-33 for positioning of bearing and snapring.
NOTE
Coat the input shaft and ball bearing bore

with white lead pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-
Figure 3-45. Removal of First and Reverse 261C, before pressing the ball bearing
Shifter Shaft Oil Seal. assembly on the shaft.
(2) Coat the input shaft roller bearing bore with

c. Wainshaft. a light coating of grease, artillery and automotive
(GAA), MIL-G-10924. Install the input shaft roller
bearings. Insert the last roller bearing endwise into the
CAUTION
bearing assembly. (See para 3-9 note.)
Do not press directly on the flange of the
sleeve. Use a short piece of pipe or tubing 3-11. Assembly.
and press on end of sleeve. Direct pressure
on the flange of the sleeve may damage it. a. Install countershaft front bearing and washer.
(See fig. 3-32.)
(1) Slide the second speed gear on the mainshaft.
b. Install new countershaft front bearing retainer.
Coat the second- and third-speed synchronizer sleeve
(See fig. 3-32.)
bore and mainshaft with a light coating of grease,
artillery and automotive (GAA), MIL-L-10924. Start c. Install countershaft assembly. (See fig. 3-31.)
the sleeve on the mainshaft. Place into the press, face
down, between two parallel bars. Press sleeve into d. Install countershaft rear bearing (fig. 3-30) and
position and secure it using a new snapring. See figure snapring.
3-37 for positioning of the second- and third-speed
synchronizer. e. Install countershaft rear bearing retaining nut.
Tighten nut to 120-150 lb-ft torque. Secure nut to
(2) Coat the fourth-speed gear sleeve and mainshaft using a new cotter pin (fig. 3-30).
mainshaft with white lead, Fed Spec TT-W-261C.
Make an opening in the adapter puller large enough NOTE
to slip through. Position the third-speed gear and
fourth-speed gear sleeve to main drive shaft and press After applying torque, tighten nut to
into place. See figure 3-35 for the correct positioning
closest cotter pin hole.
of third-speed gear and fourth-speed gear sleeve.
(3) Install mainshaft fourth-speed gear and thrust

washer. Secure in place using a new snapring.
NOTE
Be sure snapring is fully seated in the

mainshaft groove.
d. Mainshaft Rear Bearing Cap.
(1) Press seal into place using a block of wood

and a press.
Figure 3-46. Removal of Lower Shift Lever,
(2) See fig. 3-22 for positioning of seal. Lever Spring, and Spring Cap.
3-19
TM 9-2520-246-34
f . Install idler gear assembly and idler gear shaft. on the mainshaft to lock the transmission shafts from
See figure 3-29 for positioning of idler gear shaft. turning. Tighten companion flange retaining nut to
120-150 lb-ft torque. Install new cotter pin to secure
g. Install mainshaft. (See fig. 3-28.) nut. Be especially careful not to damage rear bearing
cap seal. See figure 3-21 for positioning of companion
h. Install the fourth-and fifth-speed synchronizer flange.
on mainshaft, (See fig. 3-27.)
NOTE
i. Install mainshaft rear bearing. Use a wooden
block and mallet to drive bearing into place. See After applying torque, tighten nut to
figure 3-26 for positioning of rear bearing. closest cotter pin hole.
j. Install the input shaft and input shaft bearing cap o. Place shifter forks in cover, and place
using a new gasket. (See fig. 3-25.) Tighten the four transmission gears and synchronizers in neutral
capscrews to 13-17 lb-ft torque. position. (See fig. 3-20.) Install shifter shaft cover
using a new gasket. Be sure cover assembly is seated
k. Install countershaft rear bearing cover using a and tighten the eight capscrews and lockwashers to
new gasket. (See fig. 3-23.) Tighten the four capscrews 25-32 lb-ft torque. (See fig. 3-19.)
and lockwashers to 25-32 lb-ft torque.
p. Install clutch bell housing using a new gasket.
l. Install power takeoff opening cover using a new Tighten the five capscrews and lockwashers to 60-80
gasket. (See fig. 3-24.) Tighten the six capscrews and lb-ft torque. (See fig. 3-18.)
lockwashers to 10-15 lb-ft torque.
q. Install the clutch release yoke, yoke keys, and
m. Install mainshaft rear bearing cap assembly clutch release shaft. Tighten the two capscrews and
using a new gasket. (See fig. 3-22.) Tighten the six lockwashers to 40-50 lb-ft torque. (See fig. 3-16 and
capscrews and lockwashers to 25-32 lb-ft torque. 3-17.)
n. Install companion flange. Coat companion flange r. Install the clutch release bearing support
bearing surface with a light coating of grease, artillery assembly and secure in position using the two support
and automotive (GAA), MIL-G-10924. Slide the gears springs. See figure 3-16 for positioning of springs.
3-20
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section IV. REPAIR (MODEL 3053A)
3-12. General. Disassembly and assembly model 3052, both on the main drive shaft and on the
procedures for transmission model 3053A are almost countershaft. For disassembly and assembly
identical to those of transmission model 3052 with the procedures, refer to paragraphs 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, and 3-
exception of the positions of fourth and fifth gears. 11.
Therefore, the repeating of these procedures is not
necessary. During the disassembly and assembly NOTE
procedures for the transmission, keep in mind that in
transmission model 3053A the fourth and fifth speed The input shaft is removed from the inside
gears are just the reverse of those in transmission of case or towards the rear of the
transmission.
Section V. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT

(MODELS 3052 AND 3053A)
3-13. General. change in gear noise between each shift.
a. Lubrication. Remove transmission lubricant filler 3-15. Power Test.

plug and make sure transmission is filled to the proper
level with correct lubricant before testing. Refer to a. Operation Analysis. Operate transmission in each
lubrication order LO 9-2520-209-12/1 for lubrication shift position with varying torque on input shaft and
specifications. listen for unusual gear noises that would indicate
gears not fully in mesh or more than normal clearance
b. Preparation for Test. Assemble transmission to between the gear teeth. Pay particular attention to any
an engine installed on the dynamometer. tendency to slip into neutral.
3-14. Shift Test. Shift transmission through the b. Leakage Check. During power test, check
entire gear range while in operation. Shift lever should outside of transmission case and cover for lubricant
shift transmission easily, without binding, and snap in leakage at gasket joints and shaft seals. Check
and out of gear with no tendency to slip out of gear thoroughly all over the transmission assembly for any
or slide into neutral. There should be a definite leakage or malfunction.
Section VI. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS

(MODELS 3052 AND 3053A)
3-16. General. that the part or parts should be replaced when worn
beyond the limits given in the “Size and Fit of New
a. The wear limits are the same for transmission Parts” column. In the “Size and Fit of New Parts”
model 3052 and transmission model 3053A. column, the letter "L" indicates a loose fit (clearance)
and the letter "T" indicates a tight fit (interference). A
b. The repair and replacement standards included double asterisk (**) in the “Wear Limits” column
herein give the minimum, maximum, and key indicates that the part may be used by selective fitting
clearances of new parts. They also give wear limits as long as the resulting fit is within the tolerance
which indicate the point to which a part or parts may specified. The letters GA in the “Size and Fit of New
be worn before replacement, in order to receive Parts” column mean gage.
maximum service with minimum replacement.
Normally, all parts which have not been worn beyond 3-17. Repair and Replacement Standard Points
the dimensions shown in the “Wear Limits” column or of Measurement. Figures 3-37, 3-48, 3-49, and 3-50 and
damaged by corrosion will be approved for service. corresponding tables 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, and 3-4 provide the
An asterisk (*) in the "Wear Limits" column indicates repair and replacement points of measurement for
transmission models 3052 and 3053A.
3-21
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-47. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of

Measurement for Input Shaft and Bearing.
Table 3-1. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Input Shaft and Bearing
Fig. Ref Size and Fit

Point of Measurement Wear Limits
No. Letter of New Parts
3-47 A Inside diameter of bearing 1.5748-1.5753 (*)

3-47 B Outside diameter of bearing 3.5427-3.5433 (*)
3-47 C Diameter of bearing journal 1.5748-1.5752 (*)
3-47 A-C Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005L-0.0004T (*)
3-47 D Input shaft to countershaft
3-49 N drive gear (backlash) 0.006-0.012 .016
3-47 E Inside diameter of bearing bore 1.7193-1.7198 .0008
3-47 F Diameter of roller bearing 0.3123-0.3127 .0006
3-47 G Fit of internal gear and fourth-fifth
synchronizer 0.004-0.009 .018
3-47 H Spline width 0.229-0.231 0.015
3-47 J Pilot diameter 0.7465-0.7475 0.020
3-22
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-48. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement

for Transmission Mainshaft Assembly.
Table 3-2. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transmission Mainshaft Assembly

3-48 A-M Fit of synchronizer and shaft splines .004L-.007L .010L

3-48 B Thickness of thrust washer .150-.152 .010
3-48 C Fifth gear to countershaft
3-49 M fifth gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .019L
3-48 D Inside dia of fifth gear 2.1250-2.1255 .001
3-48 E Outside dia of sleeve 2.1205-2.1210 .001
3-48 D-E Fit of fifth gear on sleeve 0.004L-0.005L .008L
3-48 F Third gear to countershaft
3-49 K third gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .016L
3-48 G Inside dia of third gear 1.9680-1.9685 .004
3-48 H-J Fit of synchronizer and sleeve splines .004L-.007L .0106L
3-48 K Second gear to countershaft
3-49 F second-reverse idler gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .019L
3-48 L Inside diameter of second gear 2.0780-2.0785 (*)
3-48 M Dia of shaft at journal 1.7500-1.7505 (*)
3-48 N Dia of shaft journal 1.9640-1.9645 .004
3-48 G-N Fit of third gear on shaft 0.0035L-0.0045L .010L
3-48 P Diameter of shaft journal 2.0740-2.0745 (*)
3-48 L-P Fit of second gear on shaft 0.0035L-0.0045L .010L
3-48 Q-R Fit of first-reverse gear on shaft
splines .006L-.012L .016L
3-48 S Inside dia of bearing 1.5748 (*)
3-48 T First-reverse gear to
3-49 J countershaft first gear (backlash) .008L-.014L .019L
3-48 T First-reverse gear to reverse
3-50 G idler gear (backlash) .008L-.014L .019L
3-48 U Dia of shaft journal 1.5746-1.5750 (*)
3-48 S-U Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0002L-0.0002T (*)
3-48 V Dia of shaft journal 1.9688-1.9698 (*)
3-48 W Dia of shaft journal 1.0908-1.0913 .001
3-48 X Inside dia of synchronizer sleeve 1.9680-1.9685 (*)
3-48 X-V Fit of synchronizer sleeve on shaft 0.003T-0.0018T (*)
3-48 Y Inside dia of sleeve 1.7495-1.750 (*)
3-48 M-Y Fit of sleeve on shaft 0.000-0.001T (*)
3-48 W Fit of main shaft in
3-47 F-E bearing rollers, and input shaft 0.00261L-0.0044L .0059L
3-23
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-49. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for

Transmission Countershaft and Gears.
Table 3-3. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for

Transmission Countershaft and Gears

3-49 A Inside diameter of bearing 1.7332-1.7337 .001

3-49 B Inside diameter of drive gear 1.9995-2.0005 (*)
3-49 C Inside diameter of fifth gear 2.2495-2.2505 (*)
3-49 D Diameter of shaft journal 2.001-2.002 (*)
3-49 B-D Fit of drive gear on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T (*)
3-49 E Diameter of shaft journal 2.251-2.252 (*)
3-49 C-E Fit of fifth gear on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T (*)
3-49 F Second-reverse gear to
3-48 K mainshaft second gear (backlash) .006-.012L .019L
3-49 F Second-reverse gear to
3-50 F reverse idler gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .019L
3-49 G Diameter of journal on shaft 1.3788-1.3782 (*)
3-49 H Inside diameter of bearing 1.3780 (*)
3-49 G-H Fit of bearing on shaft .0002L-.0002T (*)
3-49 J First gear to mainshaft
3-48 T first-reverse gear (backlash) .008L-.014L .019L
3-49 K Third gear to mainshaft
3-48 F third gear (backlash) 0.006L-0.0012L .019L
3-49 L Diameter of journal on shaft 1.7317-1.7322 .002
3-49 A-L Fit of bearing on shaft .0005L-.0015L (*)
3-49 M Fifth gear to mainshaft
3-48 C fifth gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .019L
3-49 N Drive gear to input shaft
3-47 D gear (backlash) .006L-.012L .019L
3-49 P Thickness of thrust washer 16GA (.0598) .007
3-24
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 3-50. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for

Transmission Reverse Idler Gear and Shaft Assembly

Transmission Reverse Idler Gear and Shaft Assembly

3-50 A Outside diameter of shaft 1.010-1.015 .0015

3-50 B Inside diameter of bearing 1.0155 (*)
3-50 A-B Fit of bearing on shaft .0005L-.0015L (*)
3-50 C Outside diameter of bearing 1.5000 (*)
3-50 D Inside diameter of gear 1.5005-1.5015 .007
3-50 C-D Fit of bearing in gear .0005L-0.0015L .010
3-50 E Thickness of thrust washer 0.091-0.093 #
3-50 F Reverse idler gear to countershaft
3-49 F second-reverse gear (backlash) 0.006-0.012L .016
3-50 G Reverse idler gear to mainshaft
3-48 T first-reverse gear (backlash) 0.008L-0.014L .019
# Replace when bronze is partially or completely worn off.
3-25 (3-26 blank)

TM 9-2520-246-34
CHAPTER 4
REPAIR OF TRANSFERS
Section I. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA

(MODEL T-136-27)
4-1. General. This chapter provides the repair and outer brakeshoe and lever assembly is supported
instructions for positive locking transfer model T-136- on the transfer rear output rear bearing cover.
27. (See fig. 4-1 and 4-2.)
b. Operation. The selection of high or low range in
the transfer is accomplished by a shifting mechanism,
4-2. Description and Operation. which moves the synchronizer into contact with the
input-shaft low-speed gear or the input-shaft high-
a. Description. The positive locking transfer is a speed gear. With positive locking engaged, power is
two-speed synchromesh unit with front and rear distributed to front and rear axles when transmission
output shafts. The transfer unit is driven by the is placed in the selected gear.
regular 5-speed transmission through a propeller shaft.
Low or high gear selection through the transfer gives (1) Low Range. When the transfer is shifted to
the truck a total of ten forward gears, and two reverse low range, the synchronizer assembly is moved
gears. With the operation of an air selector valve (fig. forward on the input shaft to engage the input-shaft
4-1), the air locking assembly engages the front output low-speed gear which is in mesh with the countershaft
shaft to the rear output shaft to drive the front axle. low-speed gear. Because the low-speed gear is keyed to
The transfer distributes the power to front and rear the countershaft, the power flow is through the
axles through the propeller shafts. The handbrake countershaft gears, to the rear (and front if lock-up
drum is mounted in the transfer rear output shaft assembly is engaged) output-shaft gears and to the
companion flange. (See fig. 4-2.) The handbrake inner companion flanges.
Figure 4-1. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27 — Front View.
4-1
TM 9-2520-246-34
(2) High Range. When the transfer is shifted into (4) Neutral. A neutral position is provided to
high range, the synchronizer assembly is moved allow operation of the gear train when no motion of
rearward on the input shaft to engage the input-shaft the vehicle is desired.
high-speed gear, which is in mesh with the
4-3. Data.
countershaft high-speed gear. Because the high-speed
gear is keyed to the countershaft, power flow is National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-089-8287
through the countershaft gears to the rear (and front, Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11609224
if lockup assembly is engaged) output shafts and Model:
gears. Without power takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T-136-27
With power takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T-136-28
(3) Reverse. When the transmission is shifted into Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-speed synchromesh
reverse, the input shaft is turned in the opposite Ratios to rear and front axles:
direction, and power is delivered to the rear (and Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.980 to 1.000
front, if lockup assembly is engaged) axles, according High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000 to 1.000
to the range the transfer is in. Lubricant capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 qt
Figure 4-2. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27 — Rear
4-2
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section Il. REPAIR (MODEL T-136-27)
4-4. General. d. Companion Flanges.
a. This section contains disassembly and assembly NOTE

procedures for transfer model T-136-27.
Apply a coating of white lead pigment. Fed
b. Clean, inspect, and follow repair procedures as Spec TT-W-261C, to input shaft spline
stated in Chapter 2. section III of this manual. before installing companion flange. Tighten
flange nut to 300-400 lb-ft torque.
c. Transfer disassembly is accomplished by the
logical step-by-step procedures in paragraphs 4-5 and (1) Using a puller (item 4, table 2-1), remove
4-6. Refer to paragraphs 4-7 and 4-8 for assembly input shaft companion flange. (See fig. 4-5.)
procedures.
NOTE
4-5. Disassembly of Transfer Into Subassemblies.
Apply a coating of white lead pigment, Fed
a. Handbrake Drum and Shoe Assembly. Remove Spec TT-W-261C, to front output shaft
the cotter pin (fig. 4-3) from the rear output shaft, spline before installing companion flange.
front output shaft. and front input shaft. Engage input Tighten flange nut to 300-400, lb-ft torque.
shaft gears in HI or LOW position. Attach shop air
hose to transfer air cylinder. Apply air and engage
front output shaft with rear output shaft. Apply the
hand brake by hand, and remove the companion flange
nuts and washers from the three shafts. Shut off shop
air hose and remove the hose from the air cylinder.
Disconnect and remove the shoe return spring.
Remove the jamnut from the shoe anchor pin.
Unscrew the anchor pin from the rear output shaft
rear bearing retainer, do not lose washers. Slide the
hand brake shoe assembly from the brakedrum. Pull
the companion flange, braked rum, and brake guard
from the rear output shaft. (See fig. 4-5.) Remove the
two capscrews and lockwashers securing the shoe stop
bracket to the transfer case and remove bracket. (See
fig. 4-3. )
NOTE
Apply white lead pigment. Fed Spec TT-
W-261C, to the spline of the rear output
shaft before installing hand brake drum and
rear output shaft companion flange.
Tighten nut to 300-400 lb-ft torque. Place Figure 4-3. Removal of Handbrake Assembly.
washers on anchor pin to space brakeshoe
so 1.16 inch of drum shows. Tighten pin (2) Using a puller (item 4, table 2-1) remove front
until bind occurs when brake is applied. output shaft companion flange.
and back-off turn. Tighten locknut to
153-196 lb-ft torque. e. Air Cylinder.
b. Positioning of Transfer on Overhaul Stand. NOTE
Install transfer on overhaul stand using brackets Reinstallation of air cylinder requires that
(items 1 and 2, table 2-1). (See fig. 4-4.) cleaning, inspection and repair procedures
be followed in Chapter 2, section III of this
c. Draining. Remove transfer case magnetic drain manual.
plug (fig. 4-3) and front output shaft cover filler plug
(fig. 4-4). inspect magnetic drain plug for chips. NOTE
To eliminate air leaks, install new gaskets
NOTE
and rubber seal. Make certain that the air
If chips are found, inspect in accordance cylinder tube cover is tightened evenly
with repair and replacement standards. when reinstalled. Tighten screws to 5-9 lb-ft
(Refer to section V.) torque.
4-3
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-6. Air Cylinder Disassembly.
case. Pull the case assembly from the dowel pins on

Figure 4-4. Transfer Mounted on Stand. the transfer case cover. Remove puller screws and
discard gasket.
Remove screws and key washers attaching air
cylinder assembly to drive output case. Lift and g. Input Shaft Front Bearing Cover.
remove air tube cover. Slide air tube away from
cylinder piston. Remove nut and washers that connect NOTE
air piston to shifter. Remove piston and rubber seal.
leaving clutch shaft in place. (See fig. 4-6.) When assembling, install new gasket and
tighten capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
f . Front Output Shaft Case.
Remove the five capscrews and lockwashers from
NOTE the input shaft bearing cover; remove cover and
gasket. (See fig. 4-7.) Using a suitable tool, remove the
When assembling, install new gasket and oil seal from the cover. Remove outer thrust washer
tighten capscrews to 45-55 lb-ft torque. from input shaft.
Remove 10 capscrews and lockwashers securing h. Front Output Shaft.
the front output shaft case to the transfer case cover.
(See fig. 4-7.) Install puller screws into the two puller
screw holes in the flange of the front output shaft
Figure 4-7. Front Output Shift Case and Input

Figure 4-5. Companion Flange Removal. Shaft Bearing Cover.
4-4
TM 9-2520-246-34
NOTE Remove safety wire from clutch setscrew. Loosen

clutch setscrew and slide clutch from rear output
Follow procedures for cleaning and
shaft. (See fig. 4-9.)
inspection as outlined in Chapter 2, section
III of this manual.
NOTE
When assembling, tighten setscrew to 90-118

lb-ft torque. Remove front output shaft,
sliding clutch, shifter fork, shifter shaft,
shifter shaft spring, and retainer from front
output shaft case. (See fig. 4-8.) Remove
safety wire, loosen setscrew, and remove
shifter shaft from shifter fork.
Figure 4-10. Rear Output Shaft Assembly.
j. Case Cover.
NOTE
Take care not to damage or lose taper pins

during removal; they are nonsupply items
which must be fabricated if lost or
damaged. Case and cover are a matched
set, mark both parts to retain identity for
Figure 4-8. Front Output Shaft and Shifter Assembly assembly. Install taper pins and new gasket.
Aline case cover with taper pins, and
i. Front Output Clutch. tighten nut and capscrews evenly and
alternately. Tighten screws (indicated by Y
NOTE and W, fig. 4-5) to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
Tighten remaining 12 screws to 67-87 lb-ft
When assembling, tighten setscrew to 45-57 torque.
lb-ft torque and install safety wire.
Figure 4-9. Front Output Clutch Drive and Case Cover. Figure 4-11. Top Cover and Shelter Shaft.
4-5
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-12. Bearing Covers and Case Plug.
Remove the 18 capscrews, nuts, and lockwashers safety wire from the fork setscrew. Remove the
securing the case cover to the case. (See fig. 4-9.) setscrew, then remove the shifter shaft from the fork
Install puller screws in the two puller screw holes assembly. Check the breather assembly. Remove and
located in the flange of the case cover. If necessary, clean or replace it, as necessary.
tap on the end of the input shaft and the end of the
shifter shaft with a mallet. Lift the cover assembly m. Countershaft Rear Bearing Cover.
from the case. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the inner thrust washer from the input shaft. NOTE
Remove the shifter shaft seal.
During assembly, tighten countershaft rear
k. Rear Output Shaft Assembly. With the case bearing capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
cover removed, lift the rear output shaft assembly Use shims to obtain 0.002- to 0.005-inch
from the transfer case. (See fig. 4-10.) end play. The shims are provided as a set.
The part number for the set is 7521437; the
l. Top Cover and Shelter Shaft. part numbers for shim sizes are:
NOTE Ordnance No. Thickness
During assembly, use new gasket and 7521441 .003 ± .0005

install new safety wire. Tighten setscrew to 7521446 .005 ± .0005
90-118 lb-ft torque. 7521447 .010 ± .001
Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers Remove the four capscrews and
securing top cover to the transfer case. (See fig. 4-11.) lockwashers securing the countershaft rear
Remove the top cover and top cover gasket. Discard bearing cover to the transfer case. (See fig.
the gasket. Remove the shifter shaft spring, plunger, 4-12.) Remove cover and rear bearing
and ball. Using a pair of wire cutters, remove the shims.
4-6
TM 9-2520-246-34
n. Rear Output Shaft Rear Bearing Retainer. shaft plug (fig. 4-11). Remove valve assembly (fig. 4-
12) from PTO flange.
NOTE
NOTE
During assembly, tighten the rear output
shaft rear bearing retainer capscrews to 60- On assembly, install the valve with spring
77 lb-ft torque. Use shims to obtain 0.002- toward inside of case.
to 0.005-inch end play. The shims are
provided as a set. The part number for the 4-6. Disassembly of Subassemblies.
set is 7521437. The part numbers and shim
sizes are: a. Rear Output Shaft Disassembly and Assembly.
Ordnance No. Thickness NOTE
7521277 .003 ± .001 Before pressing the gear and bearings on
7521278 .005 ± .001 rear output shaft, coat shaft with white
7521279 .010 ± .001 lead pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C. When
Remove the six capscrews and lockwashers assembling the rear output shaft assembly,
securing the rear output shaft rear bearing retainer to install the parts separately, so as not to
the transfer case. (See fig. 4-12.) Remove bearing damage front and rear bearings.
retainer and shims from the rear output shaft bearing
retainer. (1) Place rear output shaft assembly (fig. 4-14) in
an arbor press with front tapered roller bearing cone
o. Input Shaft Rear Bearing Cover. up. Place support bars beneath the cone. Press shaft
from cone.
NOTE
During assembly, install a new gasket. (2) Place rear output shaft assembly (fig. 4-14) in
Tighten capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft torque. an arbor press with the rear output shaft driven gear
up. Place support bars beneath the rear output shaft
Remove the six capscrews and lockwashers driven gear and press shaft free of the gear. Removal
securing the input shaft rear bearing cover to the of the rear output shaft driven gear in this manner
transfer case. (See fig. 4-12.) Remove rear bearing will also push the rear output shaft rear bearing from
cover and gasket; discard the gasket. the shaft. Remove the woodruff key from the shaft.
p. Shifter Fork, Input Shaft Assembly and
Countershaft Assembly. Using a soft pin and hammer,
drive the input shaft loose. (See fig. 4-13.) Then lift
the input shaft assembly, synchronizer assembly, fork
assembly, and countershaft assembly from the transfer
case.
q. Transfer Case Shifter Shaft Plug and Valve
Assembly. Using a suitable tool, remove the shifter
Figure 4-14. Rear Output Shaft Disassembly

— Exploded View.
b. Countershaft Disassembly and Assembly.
NOTE
Before pressing the gears and bearings on
countershaft, coat shaft with white lead
pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C. When
assembling the countershaft assembly,
install parts separately so as not to damage
front and rear bearings. Discard old
capscrew locking plates and replace with
Figure 4-13. Shifter Fork, Input Shaft, and Countershaft. new.
4-7
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-15. Countershaft Disassembly — Exploded View.
(1) Using a suitable tool, bend the front and rear NOTE
locking plate ears away from capscrews and remove
capscrews, locking plates, washers, and spacer (front Visually inspect synchronizer assembly for
only). (See fig. 4-15.) broken, nicked, or worn gear teeth. If any
of these conditions prevail, the
(2) Place countershaft in a press with the synchronizer must be replaced. For
countershaft high range gear (fig. 4-15) and rear replacement, use synchronizer part number
bearing up. Place support bars beneath the high range 7346755.
gear and rear bearing. Remove woodruff key.
NOTE
(3) Place the countershaft assembly in an arbor
press with the low range gear (fig. 4-15) and front Before pressing bearings into gears, and
bearing up. Place support bars beneath the low range gears onto the input shaft, coat all
gear. Press shaft from countershaft low range gear installation surfaces with white lead
and front bearing. Snapring and retainer is removed pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C.
with transfer case cover. Remove woodruff key.
(1) Remove shifter fork from synchronizer
c. Input Shaft Disassembly and Assembly. assembly. (See fig. 4-16.)
Figure 4-16. Input Shaft Disassembly — Exploded View.
4-8
TM 9-2520-246-34
(2) Remove input shaft rear bearing snapring (fig. (2) Using a suitable tool, remove the shifter shaft
4-16) from the end of input shaft. Place input shaft oil seal (fig. 4-17) from cover.
assembly in arbor press with rear bearing and high
range gear up. Install a suitable puller (item 4, table 2- (3) Remove snapring and press countershaft front
1) around input shaft high range gear. Removal of bearing cup from the front cover using a suitable
high range gear in this manner will push the gear remover and replacer. (See fig. 4-18.)
bearings, spacer, thrust washer, and rear bearing from
the input shaft. (4) Remove snapring and press rear output shaft
bearing cup (fig. 4-17) from the front cover using a
(3) Place the high range gear in an arbor press suitable remover and replacer.
and press high range gear ball bearings and spacer
from bore of the high range gear. Apply pressure to
the inner race of the bearing only. (See fig. 4-16.)
(4) Slide synchronizer assembly from input shaft.

(See fig. 4-16.)
(5) Place input shaft assembly (fig. 4-16) in arbor

press, low range gear up. Place support bars beneath
the low range gear and press shaft from input shaft
low range gear, gear bearings, spacer, and thrust
washer (if still installed).
(6) Place input shaft low range gear (fig. 4-16) in

a press, and press low range gear bearings and spacer
from input shaft low range gear. Apply pressure to the
inner race of bearing only.
d. Transfer Case Cover.

Figure 4-18. Remover and Replacer with Handle.
NOTE
When installing input shaft front bearing, e. Front Output Shaft Cover.
apply pressure on the outer race of the
bearing only. Also, replace shifter shaft oil NOTE
seal.
Coat output shaft and oil seals with a
(1) Press input shaft front bearing and snapring universal gear lubricant (GO), MIL-L-2105,
(fig. 4-17) from the front cover using suitable remover before assembling to prevent damage to
and replacer (item 6, table 2-1). seals.
Remove front output shaft oil seal snapring. (See

fig. 4-19.) To remove seal from cover, place in press
and press against front bearing thrust washer.
f. Transfer Case.
NOTE
When pressing bearing cups back in

transfer case, be sure that bearing cups are
not cocked, because damage to bearing
cups and transfer case might result.
Remove countershaft and rear output shaft

bearing cups from the transfer case, using suitable
remover and replacer (item 6, table 2-1). (See fig, 4-
Figure 4-17. Transfer Case Cover Disassembly. 20.)
4-9
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-19. Front Output Shaft Cover Disassemble.
g. Handbrake Shoe Assembly. Figure 4-21. Disassembly of Handbrake Shoe Assembly.
NOTE
Sometimes the handbrake shoes are not

worn enough to warrant replacement. Replacement brakeshoes must be drilled for
Replace lining when worn to within 1/16 rivet holes. Be sure to wear a mask to
inch of rivet head. Worn shoe linings can prevent asbestos dust particles from
result in injury to personnel and damage to entering lungs. Drilling must be done in a
vehicle. Refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1 for well-ventilated area away from unprotected
adjustment. personnel. Eyeshields must also be worn
during drilling operation. Failure to
(I) Remove the two snaprings holding the observe these precautions may result in
handbrake lever pins in position. (See fig. 4-21.) injury to personnel.
(2) Remove the two slotted washers holding the
stabilizer spring in position and remove the brake
stabilizer spring and pin. (4) If replacement is necessary, remove the
sixteen (16) rivets securing the lining to the inner and
(3) Remove the handbrake shoe lever and lever outer brakeshoes of the handbrake assembly. (See fig.
pins. (See fig. 4-2l.) 4-21.)
4-7. Assembly of Subassemblies (Sequence).
a. Hand brake (fig. 4-21).
b. Transfer case (fig. 4-20).
c. Front output shaft cover (fig. 4-19).
d. Transfer case cover (fig. 4-17 and 4-18).
e. Input shaft (fig. 4-16).
f . Countershaft (fig. 4-15).
Figure 4-20. Transfer Case Disassembly. g. Rear output shaft (fig. 4-14).
4-10
TM 9-2520-246-34
4-8. Assembly of Transfer (Sequence). i. Front output clutch. (See fig. 4-9.)
a. Transfer case shifter shaft plug and valve j. Front output shaft. (See fig. 4-8.)
assembly. (See figs 4-11 and 4-12.)
k. Input shaft front bearing cover. (See fig. 4-7.)
b. Shifter fork, input shaft assembly, and
countershaft assembly. (See fig. 4-13.) 1. Front output shaft case. (See fig. 4-7.)
c. Input shaft rear bearing cover. (See fig. 4-12.) m. Air cylinder assembly. (See fig. 4-6.)
d. Rear output shaft rear bearing retainer. (See fig. n. Companion flanges. (See fig. 4-5.)
4-12.)
o. Draining transfer. (See fig. 4-4.)
e. Countershaft rear bearing cover. (See fig. 4-12.)
p. Positioning transfer on overhaul stand. (See fig.
f . Top cover and shifter shaft. (See fig. 4-11.) 4-4.)
g. Rear output shaft. (See fig. 4-10.) q. Handbrake drum and shoe assembly. (See fig. 4-
3.)
h. Case cover. (See fig. 4-9.)
Section III. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT (MODEL T-136-27)
4-9. General. This section provides for the tests and when in high position (step b). Front output shaft
adjustments of transfer model T-136-27. should not turn.
4-10. Lubrication. Tighten drain plug (fig. 4-2). Lay d. Front Output Shaft Air Lockup. Apply air
transfer on side with filler plug up. Remove filler plug pressure, check for sound of lock engaging. Repeat
and pour ½ pint of universal gear lubricant (GO), steps b and c, both output shafts should turn. Remove
MIL-L-2105, through the plug opening. Install and air pressure and repeat step b. Front output shaft
tighten filler plug. Lubrication of the complete unit should be disengaged.
should be accomplished after installation. Attach a tag
to filler plug giving instructions for filling before
4-12. Handbrake Test. Pull handbrake lever (fig. 4-
transfer is placed in service. Refer to paragraph 4-3
for transfer data and lubrication order (LO 9-2320- 2) to engage brakeshoes with handbrake drum.
209-12/1) for lubrication specifications. Release lever and note if shoe return spring pulls
shoes free of drum. For in-vehicle handbrake lever
4-11. Shift Test. adjustment, refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1.
a. Neutral. Place shifter shaft in neutral position 4-13. Handbrake Shoe Adjustment.
(between low, shifter shaft out, and high, shifter shaft
in). Turn input shaft by hand. Front and rear output a. If shoes do not clear brakedrum (para 4-12)
shafts should not turn. check adjustment of shoe anchor pin. (See fig. 4-3.) If
outer shoe is free on anchor pin, tighten bolt in shoe
b. High. Push shifter shaft in to shift to high stop bracket to increase shoe-to-drum clearance. For
position. Turn input shaft in clockwise direction. Rear in-vehicle adjustment, refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1.
output shaft should revolve in same direction. Front
output shaft should not turn. b. To ensure brakeshoe assembly is correctly
positioned on brakedrum, use spacer washers between
c. Low. Pull shifter shaft out to shift to low brakeshoe assembly and rear bearing cover to obtain
position. Turn input shaft by hand and note if rear 1/16-inch of brakedrum extending beyond brakeshoe
output shaft turns approximately one-half as fast as assembly.
4-11
TM 9-2520-246-34
4-14. Countershaft Rear Bearing Adjustment. 4-15. Rear Output Shaft Rear Bearing
Adjustment.
a. Use shims in combination to obtain 0.002- to
0.005-inch end play. a. Use shims in combination to obtain 0.002- to
0.005-inch end play.
b. The shims are provided as a set. The part
number for the set is 7521437. The part numbers and b. The shims are provided as a set. The part
shim sizes are: number for the set is 7521437, the part numbers for
shim sizes are:
Ordance No. Thickness
Ordnance No. Thickness
7521441 .003 ± .0005
7521446 .005 ± .0005 7521277 .003 ± .001
7521447 .010 ± .001 7521278 .005 ± .001
7521279 .010 ± .001
Section IV. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS

(MODEL T-136-27)
4-16. General. The repair and replacement Limits” column indicates that the part or parts should
standards included herein provide the minimum, be replaced when worn beyond the limits given in the
maximum, and key clearances of new parts. (See fig. “Size and Fit of New Parts” and “Wear Limits”
4-22, 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25 and corresponding tables 4- columns. In the “Size and Fit of New Parts” and
1, 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4.) Standards also provide wear “Wear Limits Columns”, the letter “L” indicates a
limits which indicate the point to which a part or loose fit (clearance) and the letter "T" indicates a tight
parts may be worn before replacement is required, in fit (interference).
order to receive maximum service with minimum
replacement. Normally, all parts which have not been 4-17. Repair and Replacement Standard Points
worn beyond the dimensions shown in the “Wear of Measurement. Figures 4-22, 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25
Limits” column, or damaged by corrosion, will be and corresponding tables 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 provide
approved for service. An asterisk (*) in the “Wear the repair and replacement standard points of
measurement for transfer model T-136-27.
4-12
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-22. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Gear Train.
Table 4-1. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Gear Train

4-22 A Low range shifter shaft outside diameter 0.9945-0.9955 (*)

4-22 B Shifter fork groove width 0.712-0.720 0.7400
4-22 C Bearing inside diameter 1.9680-1.9685 (*)
4-22 D Bearing outside diameter 4.3301-4.3307 (*)
4-22 E Bearing outside diameter 3.5427-3.5433 (*)
4-22 F Low range input gear bore 3.5425-3.5434 3.5439
4-22 E-F Fit of bearing in gear bore 0.0007T-0.0009L 0.0012L
4-22 G Low range input gear outside diameter 5.3255-5.3265 (*)
4-22 H Spacer sleeve inside diameter 1.979-1.989 (*)
J Clutch ring width 0.682-0.687 0.6600
4-22 B-J Fit of fork on clutch 0.0250L-0.0380L 0.0800L
4-22 K Input shaft outside diameter (front) 1.9682-1.9687 (*)
4-22 C-K Fit of bearing on input shaft 0.0002T-0.0007T 0.0001T
4-22 L Input shaft outside diameter (rear) 1.7716-1.7721 1.7716
4-22 M High range gear outside diameter 6.895-6.900 (*)
4-22 N Bearing inside diameter 1.7712-1.7717 (*)
4-22 L-N Fit of bearing on input shaft (rear) 0.0009T-0.0004T (*)
4-22 P Bearing outside diameter 3.9364-3.9370 (*)
4-22 Q Bearing inside diameter 2.000-2.0005 (*)
4-22 R Bearing outside diameter 4.000-4.0010 (*)
4-22 S Countershaft low range gear bore 2.375-2.376 2.3765
4-13
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 4-1. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Gear Train (Continued)

4-22 T Countershaft outside diameter 2.3765-2.3775 2.3755

4-22 S-T Fit of gear on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T 0.0010L
4-22 U Countershaft keyway width 0.4990-0.5010 0.5028
4-22 V Key width 0.5000-0.5010 (*)
4-22 U-V Fit of key in keyway 0.0010L-0.0020T .0030L
4-22 W Gear keyway width 0.5000-0.5025 0.5052
4-22 X Shifter shaft outside diameter 0.8715-0.8725 0.8685
4-22 Y Shifter fork pad width 0.562-0.572 0.5550
4-22 Z Shifter fork perpendicularity of
pad to bore 0.005 0.030
4-22 AA Spring (free height) 2.64-2.85 2.55 min
4-22 BB Bearing inside diameter 1.7712-1.7717 (*)
4-22 CC Bearing outside diameter 3.3459-3.3465 (*)
4-22 DD Clutch inside diameter 2.515-2.517 (*)
4-22 EE Sliding clutch groove width 0.630-0.635 (*)
4-22 FF Clutch jaw taper 0.006-0.013 0.0020
4-22 Y-EE Fit of fork in groove 0.058-0.073L 0.088L
4-22 GG Bearing inside diameter 2.6250-2.6260 (*)
4-22 HH Bearing outside diameter 4.4375-4.4385 (*)
4-22 JJ Front axle output shaft outside
diameter (front) 1.7716-1.7721 1.7716
4-22 BB-JJ Fit of bearing on front axle
output shaft (front) 0.0001T-0.0009T (*)
4-22 KK Front axle output shaft outside
diameter (rear) 1.245-1.246 1.2435
4-22 LL Rear output shaft bushing bore 1.248-1.250 1.256
4-22 LL-KK Fit of shaft in bore 0.002L-0.004L 0.0055L
4-22 MM Rear output shaft outside
diameter (front) 2.6265-2.6270 2.6260
4-22 GG-MM Fit of bearing on rear output
shaft (front) 0.0005T-0.0025T 0.0010L
4-22 NN Rear output shaft outside
diameter (rear) 2.3765-2.3775 2.3755
4-22 PP Rear output shaft keyway width 0.4985-0.5005 0.5028
4-22 QQ Gear keyway width 0.5000-0.5025 0.5052
4-22 RR Key width 0.5000-0.500 (*)
4-22 PP-RR Fit of key in keyway 0.0005L-0.0027T 0.0028L
4-22 SS Rear output shaft outside
diameter (rear) 1.7510-1.7515 1.7505
4-22 TT Driven gear bore 2.375-2.376 2.3765
4-22 NN-TT Fit of gear on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T 0.0010L
4-22 UU Bearing inside diameter 1.7500-1.7505 (*)
4-22 VV Bearing outside diameter 3.8750-3.8760 (*)
4-22 SS-UU Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0015T-0.0005T 0.000T
4-14
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Transfer and Bearings.
4-15
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 4-2. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer and Bearings

4-23 A Shifter shaft housing bore 0.9995-1.0015 1.0022

4-23 B Shifter shaft outside diameter 0.9945-0.9955 0.9938
4-23 A-B Fit of shifter shaft in bore 0.007L-0.004L 0.0077L
4-23 C Shifter shaft housing bore (rear) 1.247-1.249 1.2514
4-23 D Expansion plug outside diameter 1.256-1.260 (*)
4-23 C-D Fit of plug in shifter shaft
housing bore 0.007T-0.013T 0.0046T
4-25 E Input shaft cover bore (front) 4.3305-4.3315 4.3320
4-23 F Input shaft housing bore (rear) 3.9368-3.9378 3.9382

4-23 G Bearing outside diameter 4.3301-4.3307 (*)
4-23 H Bearing outside diameter 3.9364-3.9370 (*)
4-23 E-G Fit of bearing in input shaft bore (front) 0.0014L-0.0002T 0.0019L
4-23 F-H Fit of bearing in input shaft bore (rear) 0.0014L-0.0002T 0.0018L
4-23 J Countershaft cover bore (front) 3.998-3.999 4.00
4-23 K Bearing outside diameter 4.000-4.001 (*)
4-23 J-K Fit of bearing in countershaft
cover bore (front) 0.001T-0.003T 0.000T
4-23 L Countershaft housing bore (rear) 4.000-4.001 4.0012
4-23 K-L Fit of bearing in countershaft
housing bore (rear) 0.001L-0.0010T 0.0012L
4-23 M Bearing bore 2.000-2.005 (*)
4-23 N Countershaft outside diameter 2.0010-2.0015 2.0005
4-23 M-N Fit of bearings on countershaft
(each end) 0.0005T-0.0015T 0.000T
4-23 P Front axle output shaft cover bore 4.4355-4.4365 4.4375
4-23 Q Bearing outside diameter 4.4375-4.4385 (*)
4-23 P-Q Fit of bearing in front axle shaft cover
bore 0.0010T-0.0030T 0.000T
4-23 R Rear output shaft housing bore 3.8750-3.8760 3.8765
4-23 S Bearing outside diameter 3.8750-3.8760 (*)
4-23 R-S Fit of bearing in rear output shaft
housing bore 0.0010T-0.0010L 0.0015L
4-23 T Dowel pin case bore 0.748-0.749 0.7498
4-23 U Dowel pin outside diameter 0.7501-0.7503 (*)
4-23 T-U Fit of dowel pin in case bore 0.011T-0.0023T 0.0003T
4-16
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-24. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Output Shaft and Cover.
Table 4-3. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Output Shaft and Cover
Fig. Ref. Size and Fit

4-24 A Clutch shifter shaft outside diameter 0.8715-0.8725 0.8685

4-24 B Clutch shifter shaft case bore 0.8745-0.8765 0.8800
4-24 A-B Fit of clutch shifter shaft in bore 0.0030L-0.0040L 0.0115L
4-24 C Front axle output shaft bearing
case bore 3.3463-3.3473 3.3483
4-24 D Bearing outside diameter 3.3459-3.3465 (*)
4-24 C-D Fit of bearing in front axle output shaft
bearing case bore 0.0024L-0.0002T .0024L
4-24 E Companion flange inside diameter 1.621-1.624 1.627
4-24 F Front axle output shaft
outside diameter 1.621-1.623 1.619
4-24 E-F Fit of flange on shaft 0.0020T-0.0030L 0.0073L
4-24 G Bearing inside diameter 1,7712-1.7717 (*)
4-24 H Front axle output shaft
4-24 G-H Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0009T-0.0001L 0.0001L
4-17
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-25. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Case and Seals.
Table 4-4. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Case and Seals

4-25 A Oil seal outside diameter 1.501-1.505 (*)

4-25 B Shifter shaft cover bore (front) 1.498-1.500 1.4985
4-25 A-B Fit of seal in shifter shaft cover bore 0.001T-0.007T 0.0065T
4-25 C Input shaft flange outside diameter 2.522-2.530 2.5150
4-25 D Input shaft deflector inside diameter 2.506-2.511 (*)
4-25 C-D Fit of deflector on flange 0.011T-0.024T 0.0008T
4-25 E Oil seal outside diameter 3.353-3.357 (*)
4-25 F Input shaft cover bore 3.348-3.350 3.3495
4-25 E-F Fit of oil seal in input shaft cover bore 0.003T-0.009T 0.0020T
4-25 G Front axle output shaft flange
4-25 H Front axle output shaft deflector
inside diameter 2.506-2.511 (*)
4-25 G-H Fit of deflector on flange 0.011T-0.024T 0.0008T
4-25 J Front axle output shaft oil seal
outside diameter 3.353-3.357 (*)
4-25 K Front axle output shaft case bore 3.348-3.350 3.3495
4-25 J-K Fit of oil seal in front axle
output shaft case bore 0.003T-0.009T 0.0020T
4-25 L Rear output shaft oil seal
outside diameter 3.353-3.357 (*)
4-25 M Rear output shaft case bore 3.348-3.350 3.3510
4-25 L-M Fit of oil seal in rear output case bore 0.003T-0.009T 0.0020T
4-25 N Dowel pin outside diameter 0.7501-0.7503 (*)
4-25 P Dowel pin case bore 0.7500-0.7510 0.7525
4-25 N-P Fit of dowel pin in case bore 0.0009L-0.0003T 0.0024L
4-18
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section V. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA (MODEL T-136-21)

4-18. General. This section provides repair which moves the synchronizer into contact with the
instructions for the sprag equipped transfer, model T- input shaft low-speed gear or the input shaft high-
136-21 (See fig. 4-26 and 4-27.) speed gear. Power is distributed to all three axles,
although the overrunning sprag units allow the front
4-19. Description and Operation. wheels to turn freely until the rear wheels lose
traction, at which time the front wheels are engaged in
drive also.
a. Description. Sprag equipped transfer, model T-
136-21, is a 2-speed synchromesh unit driven from the (1) Low Range. When the transfer is shifted to
transmission by a propeller shaft. The transfer low range, the synchronizer assembly is moved
distributes power to front and rear axles through the forward on the input shaft to engage the input shaft
propeller shafts. In addition to high and low speeds, low-speed gear which is in mesh with the idler shaft
the transfer gearing is designed to drive the front axle low-speed gear. Because the low-speed gear is keyed to
slightly slower than the rear axles and this difference the idler shaft, the power flow is through the idler
in speed is taken up by an overrunning sprag unit on shaft gears, to the rear and front output shaft and
the front output shaft during normal operation. When shaft gears, and to the companion flanges.
the rear wheels lose traction, the sprag unit
automatically engages, causing the front wheels to (2) High Range. When the transfer is shifted into
drive the vehicle also. The handbrake drum is high range, the synchronizer assembly is moved
mounted on the transfer-rear-output-shaft companion rearward on the input shaft to engage the input shaft
flange. (See fig. 4-27.) high-speed gear which is in mesh with the idler shaft
high-speed gear. Because the high-speed gear is keyed
b. Operation. The selection of high or low range in to the idler shaft, power flow is through the idler shaft
the transfer is accomplished by a shifting mechanism, gears to the rear and front output shaft and gears.
Figure 4-26. Sprag Quipped Transfer Model T-136-21 — Front View.
4-19
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-27. Sprag Equipped Transfer Model T-136-21 — Rear View.
(3) Reverse. When the transmission is shifted into

reverse, the reverse-shaft linkage automatically shifts
from one sprag unit to the second sprag unit and Ratios to rear axle:
power is delivered to both front and rear axles. Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.980 to 1.000
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000 to 1.000
4-20. Data.
Gear type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
National stock no. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-001-7855
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockwell-Standard-Timken Companion flange splines (all shafts):
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T-136-21
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 in.
Ratios to front axle: Full depth of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 in.
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:137 to 1.000 Number of splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.078 to 1.000 Lubricant capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 qt
4-20
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section VI. REPAIR (MODEL T-136-21)
4-21. General.
a. This section contains disassembly and assembly

procedures for the model T-136-21 transfer.
b. Clean, inspect, and follow the repair procedures

in Chapter 2, section III, of this manual.
c. Transfer disassembly is accomplished by the

logical step-by-step procedures in paragraphs 4-22 and
4-23. Refer to paragraphs 4-24 and 4-25 for assembly
procedures.
NOTE
Assembly procedures are given only where

special attention to a part or assembly is
needed. Assembly of the transfer is the
exact opposite of disassembly, unless
otherwise specified or stated.
4-22. Disassembly of Transfer into

Subassemblies.
a. Handbrake Drum and Shoe Assembly. Remove

the cotter pin from the rear output shaft and nut. (See
fig. 4-27.) Apply the hand brake by hand, and remove
the rear output shaft companion flange, nut, and Figure 4-28. Removal of Handbrake Assembly.
washer. Disconnect and remove the handbrake shoe
return spring. Remove the jamnut from the shoe b. Installation of Transfer on Overhaul Stand.
anchor pin. (See fig. 4-28.) Unscrew the anchor pin Install transfer on overhaul stand using brackets. (See
from the rear-output-shaft rear-bearing cover. Slide fig. 4-29.)
the brakeshoe assembly from the brakedrum. Pull the
companion flange, brake drum, and grease shield from c. Draining. Remove transfer case magnetic drain
the rear output shaft. (See fig. 4-27.) Remove the two plug (fig. 4-27) and front output shaft cover filler plug
capscrews and lockwashers securing the shoe-stop (fig. 4-29) and drain transfer lubricant into a suitable
bracket (fig. 4-28) to the transfer case and remove the container. Inspect magnetic plugs for chips.
bracket.
NOTE
NOTE If chips are found, inspect in accordance

with repair and replacement standards.
Apply white lead pigment (Fed Spec TT- (Refer to section VIII.)
W-261C) to the spline of the rear output
shaft before installing handbrake drum and d. Companion Flanges.
rear output shaft companion flange.
Tighten nut to 300-400 lb-ft torque. Place NOTE
washers on anchor pin to space brake shoe
so that 1/16 inch of drum shows. Tighten Apply a coating of white lead pigment, Fed
pin until binding occurs when brake is Spec TT-W-261C, to input shaft spline
applied and back off turn. Tighten before installing companion flange. Tighten
locknut to 153-196 lb-ft torque. flange nut to 300-400 lb-ft torque.
4-21
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-30. Companion Flanges — Removal.

g. Input Shaft Front Bearing Cover.
NOTE
Figure 4-29. Transfer Mounted on Overhaul Stand,
During assembly, install new gasket and
(1) Using a puller (item 4, table 2-1), remove input tighten capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
shaft companion flange. (See fig. 4-30.)
Remove the five capscrews and lockwashers from the
NOTE input shaft front bearing cover and cover gasket. (See
fig. 4-31.) Using a suitable tool, remove the oil seal
Apply a coating of white lead pigment, Fed cover.
Spec TT-W-261C, to front output shaft
spline before installing companion flange. h. Idler Shaft Driving Gear.
Tighten flange nut.
Bend locking plate tabs away from two
capscrews. Remove the two capscrews securing the
(2) Using a puller (item 4, table 2-1), remove idler shaft driving gear to the idler shaft. (See fig. 4-
front output shaft companion flange. (See fig. 4-30.) 31.) Remove the idler shaft gear.
e. Front Output Shaft Cover Assembly.
NOTE
During assembly, install new gasket and

tighten capscrews to 45-55 lb-ft torque.
Remove the 10 capscrews and lockwashers

securing the front output shaft cover to the transfer
case cover. (See fig. 4-30.) Install puller screws into
the two puller-screw holes (fig. 4-29) in the flange of
the front output shaft cover. Pull the cover assembly
from the dowel pins (fig. 4-31) on the transfer case
cover. Remove puller screws and discard gasket.
f. Front Output Shaft and Reverse Shift Shaft

Assembly. Position the output shaft cover assembly in
an arbor press with the shafts facing upward and press
the output shaft and reverse shift assembly free from
the cover. (See fig. 4-32.) Figure 4-31. Removal of Transfer Covers.
4-22
TM 9-2520-246-34
i. Case Cover. k. Transfer Top Cover and Shifter Shaft.
NOTE NOTE
Use care not to damage or lose taper pins When assembling, use a new gasket and
during removal since they are non-supply install new lockwire. Tighten capscrews and
items and must be fabricated if lost or lockwashers to 22-28 lb-ft torque.
damaged.
Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers
(1) Polish the end of the shifter shaft to remove securing the top cover to the transfer case. (See fig. 4-
roughness and paint. (See fig. 4-31.) Remove the 18 33). Remove the top cover and top cover gasket.
capscrews, nuts, and lockwashers securing the case Discard the gasket. Remove the shifter shaft spring,
cover to the case. Remove the three taper pins from plunger, and ball. (See fig. 4-34.) Using a pair of wire
the case and cover, with a drift or punch. cutters, remove the lockwire from the fork setscrew.
Remove the setscrew, then remove the shifter shaft
NOTE from the fork assembly.
Install taper pins, install new gasket, aline l. Input Shaft Assembly, Fork Assembly, and Idler
case cover with taper pins, and tighten nut Shaft Assembly. Using a soft drift pin and hammer,
and capscrews evenly and alternately. drive the input shaft assembly, fork assembly, and
Tighten capscrews marked Y and W to 60- idler shaft assembly from the transfer case.
77 lb-ft torque. Tighten remaining
capscrews marked Z to 67-87 lb-ft torque.
(2) Install puller screws in the two puller-screw
holes located in the flange of the case cover. (See fig.
4-31.) If necessary, drive on the end of the input shaft
and tap on the end of the shifter shaft with a mallet.
Lift the cover assembly from the case. Remove and
discard the gasket. Remove the outer thrust washer
from the input shaft.
j. Rear Output Shaft Assembly. After the case
cover has been removed, lift the rear output shaft
assembly (fig. 4-33) from the transfer case.
Figure 4-33. Removal of Rear Output, Idler, and

Input Shaft Assemblies
m. Rear Output Shaft Rear Bearing Cover.
NOTE
When assembling, tighten rear output shaft

rear bearing cover capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft
torque. For the installation of shims and
rear bearing adjustments, refer to section
VII of this chapter.
Remove the six capscrews and lockwashers

securing the rear output shaft rear bearing cover to
the transfer case. (See fig. 4-35.) Remove the bearing
Figure 4-32. Removal of Front Output Shaft and cover and shims from the case. Using a suitable tool,
Reverse Shift Assembly. remove the oil seal from the rear output shaft cover.
4-23
TM 9-2520-246-34
rear bearing cover capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft

torque. Refer to section VII of this chapter
for bearing adjustment procedures.
Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers

securing the idler shaft rear bearing cover to the
transfer case. (See fig. 4-35.) Remove the cover and
rear bearing shims.
o. Input Shaft Rear Bearing Cover.
NOTE
During assembly, use a new gasket. Tighten
capscrews to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
Figure 4-34. Removal of Transfer Top Cover

and Shifter Shaft. NOTE
n. Idler Shaft Rear Bearing Cover. Remove the six capscrews and lockwashers
securing the input shaft rear bearing cover
NOTE to the transfer case. (See fig. 4-35.) Remove
the rear bearing cover and gasket; discard
During assembly, tighten the idler shaft the gasket.
Figure 4-35. Removal of Rear Output Shaft Rear Bearing Cover, Idler Shaft Rear Bearing
Cover, and Input Shaft Rear Bearing Cover.
4-24
TM 9-2520-246-34
37.) Place support bars beneath the high-speed gear,

and press idler shaft high-speed gear and rear bearing
from the shaft. Remove high-speed gear woodruff key.
(3) Place the idler shaft assembly in an arbor

press with low-speed gear and front bearing up. (See
fig. 4-37.) Place support bars beneath the low-speed
gear. Press idler shaft low-speed gear and front
bearing from the idler shaft. Remove the low-speed
gear woodruff key from the idler shaft.
Figure 4-36. Rear Output Shaft Disassembly —

Exploded View.
4-23. Disassembly and Assembly of
Subassemblies.
a. Rear Output Shaft Assembly.

NOTE
Before pressing the gear and bearings on
the rear shaft, coat the shaft with white
lead pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C. When
assembling the rear output shaft assembly,
install parts separately so as not to damage
the front and rear bearings.
(1) Place rear output shaft assembly in an arbor

press with front tapered roller bearing cone (fig. 4-36) Figure 4-37. Idler Shaft Disassembly —
up. Place support bars beneath the cone. Press the Exploded View.
cone from the shaft.
c. Input Shaft Assembly.
(2) Place the rear output shaft assembly in an
NOTE
arbor press with the rear output shaft gear up. (See
fig. 4-36.) Place support bars beneath the rear output
Visually inspect synchronizer for broken,
shaft gear and press the gear free of the shaft. nicked, or worn gear teeth. If any of these
Removal of the rear output shaft gear in this manner
conditions prevail, the synchronizer must
will also push the rear output shaft rear bearing from
be replaced. For replacement, use
the shaft. Remove the woodruff key from the shaft.
synchronizer part number 7346755.
b. Idler Shaft Assembly. NOTE
NOTE Before pressing the bearing into the gears,

and the gears on the input shaft, coat all
Before pressing the gears and bearings on installation surfaces with white lead
the idler shaft, coat the shaft with white pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C.
lead pigment, Fed Spec TT-W-261C. When
assembling the idler shaft assembly, install (1) Remove the shifter shaft fork from the
parts separately so as not to damage front synchronizer assembly. (See fig. 4-38.)
and rear bearings. Discard the old capscrew
locking plate and replace it with a new one. (2) Remove the input shaft rear bearing snapring
from the end of the input shaft. (See fig. 4-38.) Place
(1) Using a suitable tool, bend the rear bearing the input shaft assembly in an arbor press with the
and gear locking plate ears away from capscrews and rear bearing and high-speed gear up. Install a suitable
remove the two capscrews, locking plate, and the rear puller around the input shaft high-speed gear and
bearing gear-lock. (See fig. 4-37.) press the high-speed gear free from the shaft. Removal
of high-speed gear in this manner will push the gear
(2) Place the idler shaft assembly in a press with bearing spacer; gear bearing, thrust washer, and rear
the high speed gear and rear bearing up. (See fig. 4- bearing from the input shaft.
4-25
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-38. Input Shaft Disassembly — Exploded View.
(3) Place the high-speed gear in a press and press d. Front Output Shaft.
high-speed gear ball bearings and high-speed gear
bearing spacer from the bore of the high-speed gear. NOTE
(See fig. 4-38.) Apply pressure to the inner race of the
bearing only. Before installing the inner race and shaft
drive gear onto the shaft, coat the front
(4) Slide synchronizer assembly from the input output shaft with white lead pigment, Fed
shaft. (See fig. 4-38.) Spec TT-W-261C.
(5) Place the input shaft assembly in an arbor (1) Remove the reverse shifter shaft fork from the
press, front bearing up. (See fig. 4-38.) Place support reverse shift collar. (See fig. 4-39.)
bars beneath the low-speed gear, and press the low-
speed gear, gear bearing, thrust washer, and front (2) Aline both of the outer races and slip the
bearing from the shaft. reverse shift collar from the shaft assembly. (See fig.
4-39.)
(6) Place the low-speed gear in a press and press
low-speed gear bearings, and gear bearing spacer from (3) Remove the snapring and spacer and slip the
low-speed gear. (See fig. 4-38.) Apply pressure to the front outer race from the shaft assembly. (See fig. 4-
inner race of the bearing only. 39.)
Figure 4-39. Front Output Shaft Disassembly — Exploded View.
4-26
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-40. Positioning of Sprag Peaks For Front Sprag and Rear Sprag.
(4) Remove the two inner race snaprings and NOTE

place the front output shaft assembly in an arbor
press with the drive gear resting on two parallel Some space will be necessary for the action
blocks. (See fig. 4-39.) Press the gear from the shaft. of the sprags. and does not indicate that
Removal of the drive gear in this manner will also any sprags are missing. Place the sprag
remove the inner race. Remove the woodruff key from units on the front output shaft in the exact
the shaft. order they were removed in disassembly.
(3) When assembling, a slender stylus will be

e. Disassembly and Assembly of Sprag Units.
needed for the last few sprags to push the energizing
spring into the notch in the end of the sprags. With all
NOTE the sprags in place, insert the outer energizing spring
in the exposed end of the sprags. With the spring in
When looking toward the front end of the position, start at one side and slide fingers along the
front output shaft, the front sprag peaks spring, pushing it into the sprag notches until fingers
will be pointing to the left and the rear meet at the opposite side. Run fingertips along all
sprag peaks will be pointing to the right. sprags once or twice to make sure all are in position
(See fig. 4-40.) with none cocked or twisted.
f. Transfer Case Cover.

(1) Remove the sprag units from the front and
rear outer races; remove the two energizing springs, NOTE
and inspect the sprags as directed in section VIII of
this chapter. When installing input shaft front bearing,
apply pressure on the inner race of the
(2) When all 84 sprags are removed. lay both bearing only. Also replace shift shaft oil
outer races flat with the open end up. Place one seal.
energizing spring in the bottom of each outer race.
Each sprag is designed to fit the contour of the (1) Press the input shaft front bearing and
energizing spring; this slight groove must face toward snapring (fig. 4-41) from the front cover, using a
the outside of the outer races. suitable remover and replacer.
4-27
TM 9-2520-246-34
h. Transfer Case.
NOTE
When pressing bearing cups back in

transfer case, be sure that the bearing cups
are not cocked, to avoid damage to the
bearing cups and transfer case which may
result.
Press the idler shaft rear bearing cup and rear

output shaft rear bearing cup from the transfer case
(fig. 4-44), using a suitable remover and replacer.
Refer to table 2, items 5 and 6.
Figure 4-41. Transfer Case Cover — Disassembly.
(2) Remote the input shaft front bearing

snapring from the input shaft front bearing.
(3) Using a suitable tool, remove the shift shaft

oil seal from the cover.
(4) Remove the idler-shaft front bearing cup by

removing the bearing cup snapring. Using a suitable
remover and replacer with handle (table 2-1, items 5
and 6), drive the idler-shaft front bearing cup from the
transfer case cover. (See fig. 4-42.)
(5) Remove the rear output front bearing cup by Figure 4-42. Removing Idler Shaft Front
removing the bearing cup snapring and, using suitable Bearing Cup.
remover and replacer, table 2-1, items 5 and 6, drive
the bearing cup from the transfer case cover. (See fig. i. Handbrake Shoe Assembly.
4-22.)
NOTE
g. Front Output Shaft Cover.
Sometimes the handbrake shoes are not
NOTE worn enough to warrant replacement. Use
good judgment in determining the condition
Coat the output shaft. shift shaft, and oil of the shoes. Replace brake lining when
seals with grease. artillery and automotive worn to 1/16 inch of the rivet heads. Worn
(GAA) MIL-G-10924, before assembling to shoe linings can result in injury to
prevent damage to seals. personnel and damage to the vehicle. Refer
to TM 9-2320-209-20/1 for wear limits and
(1) Remove the output shaft oil seal snapring adjustments.
(fig . 4-43). Discard the oil seal. To remove the seal
from the cover, place in a press and exert pressure (1) Remove the two snaprings holding the
upon the front bearing thrust washer. handbrake lever pins in position. (See fig. 4-45.)
(2) Remove the reverse shift shaft oil seal, using a (2) Remove the two slotted washers which hold
suitable tool, and drive the shift shaft seal from the the stabilizer spring in position. (See fig. 4-27.)
output shaft cover. (See fig. 4-43.). Remove the brakeshoe stabilizer spring and pin.
4-28
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 4-44. Transfer Case — Disassembly.
e. Sprag units (fig. 4-40).

Figure 4-43. Front Output Shaft Cover —
Disassembly. f. Front output shaft (fig. 4-39).
(3) Remove the handbrake shoe lever and lever g. Input shaft assembly (fig. 4-38).
pins. (See fig. 4-45.)
h. Idler shaft assembly (fig. 4-37).
i. Rear output shaft assembly (fig. 4-36).

Replacement brakeshoes must be drilled for
rivet holes. Be sure to wear a mask to
prevent asbestos dust particles from
entering the lungs. Drilling must be done in
a well-ventilated area away from
unprotected personnel. Eyeglasses must
also be worn during drilling operation.
Failure to observe these precautions may
result in injury to personnel.
(4) Remove the 16 rivets securing the inner and

outer brakeshoes to the handbrake assembly. (See fig.
4-45.)
4-24. Assembly of Subassemblies.
a. Handbrake (fig. 4-45).
b. Transfer case (fig. 4-44).
c. Front output shaft cover (fig. 4-43).
d. Transfer case cover (figs. 4-41, 4-42). Figure 4-45. Handbrake Shoe — Disassembly.
4-29
TM 9-2520-246-34
4-25. Assembly of Transfer (Sequence). g. Idler shaft driving gear (fig. 4-31).
a. Idler shaft rear bearing cover (fig. 4-35). h. Input shaft front bearing cover (fig. 4-31).
b. Rear output shaft rear bearing cover (fig. 4-35). i. Front output shaft and reverse shift shaft
assembly (fig. 4-32).
c. Input shaft assembly, fork assembly, and idler shaft
assembly (fig. 4-33). j. Front output shaft cover assembly (fig. 4-29, 4-
32).
d. Transfer top cover and shifter shaft (fig. 4-34).
k. Companion flanges (fig. 4-30).
e. Rear output shaft assembly (fig. 4-33).
l. Handbrake drum and shoe assembly (fig. 4-27, 4-
f. Case cover (fig. 4-31). 28).
Section VII. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT (MODEL T-136-21)

4-26. General. This section provides for the tests 4-29. Handbrake Test. Pull handbrake lever (fig. 4-
and adjustments of model T-136-21 transfer. 27) to engage brake shoes with handbrake drum.
Release lever and note if shoe return spring pulls free
4-27. Lubrication. Tighten drain plug (fig. 4-27). Lay of drum. For vehicle test refer to TM 9-2320-209-
transfer on side with filler plug up (fig. 4-26). Remove 20/1.
filler plug and pour ½ pint of universal gear lubricant
(GO), MIL-L-2105, through the plug opening. Install 4-30. Handbrake Shoe Adjustment. If shoes do
and tighten plug. Lubrication of complete unit should be not clear drum (4-29 above), check adjustment of shoe
accomplished after installation. Attach tag to filler plug anchor pin. If outer shoe is free on anchor pin, tighten
giving instructions for filling before transfer is placed in bolt in shoe stop to increase shoe-to-drum clearance.
service. Refer to paragraph 4-20 and lubrication order For in-vehicle adjustment refer to TM 9-2320-209-
(LO 92320-209-12/1) for lubrication specifications. 20/1.
Tighten filler plug to 40-55 lb-ft torque.
4-31. Adjustment of Rear Output Shaft Bearing.
4-28. Shift Test.
a. Test Bearing Adjustment. Reach inside of case
a. Neutral. Place shifter shaft in neutral position and turn rear output shaft assembly. Shaft should
(between “low” (shifter shaft out) and “high” (shifter drag slightly when turned by hand. If tests indicate
shaft in)). Turn input shaft by hand. Front and rear bearings are too tight or too loose, shims must be
output shafts should not turn. added or removed as directed in b below.
b. High. Push shifter shaft in to shift to high b. Add or Remove Shims. Remove six capscrews
position. Turn input shaft in clockwise direction. Rear and lockwashers holding the rear output shaft-rear
output shaft should revolve in same direction. Front bearing cover (fig. 4-35) to case, and remove cover.
output shaft should not turn. Add or remove shims as required to obtain a slight
drag when shaft assembly is turned by hand from
c. Low. Pull shifter shaft out to shift to low inside the case. Place cover on case, making sure pin
position. Turn input shaft by hand and note if rear- in cover enters hole in case. Install six capscrews and
output shaft turns approximately one-half as fast as lockwashers and tighten to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
when in high (b above).
c. Add Shim. When slight drag adjustment has
d. Sprag Unit Test. With shifter shaft in either low been obtained, remove rear output shaft rear bearing
or high position, front output shaft should turn freely cover and add one 0.003-inch shim. Install cover (b.
in a clockwise direction but should not turn above). This will provide and ensure the proper end
counterclockwise when input shaft is held stationary. play.
With reverse shift shaft held in, front output shaft 4-32. Adjustment of Idler Shaft Bearing.
should turn freely in counterclockwise direction but
should not turn clockwise when input shaft is held a. Test Bearing Adjustment. Reach inside of case
stationary. and turn idler shaft assembly. Shaft should have slight
4-30
TM 9-2520-246-34
drag when turned by hand. If test indicates bearings assemblies are turned by hand from inside the case.
are too tight or too loose, shims must be added or Position cover on case and secure with four capscrews
removed as directed in b below. and lockwashers. Tighten to 60-77 lb-ft torque.
b. Add or Remove Shims. Remove four capscrews c. Add Shim. When slight drag adjustment has
and lockwashers holding the idler shaft rear bearing been obtained, remove cover and add one 0.005-inch
cover (fig. 4-35) to case. Remove cover and add or shim. Install cover (b above). This will provide and
remove shims as required to obtain a slight drag when ensure the proper end play.
Section Vlll. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS

(MODEL T-136-21)
4-33. GeneraI. The repair and replacement 4-46), to make sure they are in the same
standards included herein provide the minimum, plane. If three or more sprags are worn to
maximum, and key clearances of new parts. (See fig. a size 0.375 inch or smaller, replace sprag
4-46, 4-47, 4-48, 4-49, and 4-50, and corresponding unit with new sprags.
tables 4-5, 4-6, 4-7, and 4-8.) Standards also provide
wear limits which indicate the point to which a part or a. Since the wear on all sprags in any one sprag
parts may be worn before replacement is required, in unit will be quite uniform, it is only necessary to
order to receive maximum service with minimum inspect two or three sprags in each assembly.
replacement. Normally, all parts which have not been
worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear b. Inspect the sprags for evidence of wear on the
Limits" column, or damaged by corrosion, will be cam surface which contacts the inner race. If the wear
approved for service. An asterisk (*) in the “Wear on the inner edge of the sprag is not more than 1/16
Limits” column. indicates that the part or parts should of an inch wide, the sprag is still usable. This
be replaced when worn beyond the limits given in the inspection procedure is shown in fig. 4-46.
“Size and Fit of New Parts” column. In the “Size and
Fit of New Parts” and “Wear Limits” column, the c. Inspect the energizing springs for evidence of wear,
letter L indicates a loose fit (clearance) and a letter T kinking, or twisting. If any of the above defects are
indicates a tight fit (interference). present, replace the spring with a new one.
4-34. Repair and Replacement Standard Points

of Measurement. Figures 4-46, 4-47, 4-48, 4-49, and
4-50. and corresponding tables 4-5, 4-6, 4-7 and 4-8,
provide the repair and replacement standard points of
measurement for transfer model T-136-21.
4-35. Sprags and Energizing Springs.
NOTE
When checking sprags, the anvil end and

spindle of the micrometer and flat backs of
the sprag must all rest on a flat surface (fig. Figure 4-46. lnspecting Sprags for Wear.
4-31
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Transfer Gear Train.
Table 4-5. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Gear Train.

4-47 B Bearing outside diameter 3.5427-3.5433 (*)

4-47 C Gear bore 3.5426-3.5435 3.5439
4-47 B-C Fit of bearing in gear bore 0.0007T-0.0008L 0.0012L
4-47 A Bearing inside diameter 1.9680-1.9685 (*)
4-47 E Shaft outside diameter 1.9683-1.9689 (*)
4-47 A-E Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0002L-0.0009T 0.0005L
4-47 F Shifter fork groove width 0.7090-0.7170 0.7320
4-47 D Ring width 0.6890-0.6930 0.6650
4-47 F-D Fit of fork on ring 0.0160L-0.0280L 0.0670L
4-47 G Gear bore 2.3750-2.3760 2.3765
4-47 H Idler shaft outside diameter 2.3765-2.3775 2.3755
4-47 H-G Fit of gear on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T 0.0010L
4-47 K Gear keyway width 0.5000-0.5032 0.5052
4-47 J Key width 0.5032-0.5012 (*)
4-47 J-L Fit of key in keyway 0.0000T-0.0032L 0.0052L
4-47 L Idler shaft keyway width 0.4984-0.5000 0.5024
4-47 J Key width 0.5000-0.5012 (*)
4-47 J-L Fit of key in shaft keyway 0.0028T-0.0004L 0.0024L
4-47 DD Race bore 2.0028-2.0040 2.0045
4-47 Z Shaft outside diameter 2.0028-2.0036 2.0023
4-32
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 4-5. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Gear Train (Continued)

4-47 DD-Z Fit of shaft in race bore 0.0008T-0.0012L 0.0015L

4-47 CC Race keyway width 0.3740-0.3760 0.3780
4-47 AA Key width 0.3750-0.3760 (*)
4-47 AA-CC Fit of key in race keyway 0.0020T-0.0010L 0.0030L
4-47 BB Shaft keyway width 0.3736-0.3756 (*)
4-47 AA Key width 0.3750-0.3760 (*)
4-47 AA-BB Fit of key in shaft keyway 0.0006L-0.0024T 0.0006L
4-47 JJ Race (inner) outside diameter 3.0875-3.0885 3.0865
4-47 GG Race (outer) inside diameter 3.8338-3.8348 3.8378
4-47 HH Sprag width 0.3770-0.3780 0.3750
4-47 KK Spring free length 2.290-2.440 (*)
Spring length at pressure - 2-3/32 in. 12-18 lb
1-1/2 in. 41 - 44 lb
4-47 EE Collar groove width 0.6060-0.6100 0.6180
4-47 FF Fork thickness 0.5705-0.5665 0.5590
4-47 FF-EE Fit of fork in groove 0.0355L-0.0435L 0.0590L
4-47 S Bearing cone inside diameter 2.6250-2.6260 (*)
4-47 R Rear output shaft outside 2.6265-2.6275 2.6260
diameter
4-47 S-R Fit of bearing cone on shaft 0.0005T-0.0025T 0.000T
4-47 M Bearing cone inside diameter 1.7500-1.7505 (*)
4-47 P Rear output shaft outside diameter 1.7510-1.7515 1.7505
4-47 M-P Fit of bearing cone on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T 0.000T
4-47 V Rear output shaft bore 1.8126-1.8136 1.8142
4-47 W Front output shaft outside diameter 1.8096-1.8106 1.8087
4-47 W-V Fit of shaft in shaft bore 0.0020L-0.0040L 0.0055L
4-33
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Transfer and Bearings.
4-34
TM 9-2520-246-34
Table 4-6. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer and Bearings.

Points of Measurement Wear Limits
4-48 B Cover bore 4.3300-4.3309 4.3316

4-48 C Bearing outside diameter 4.3301-4.3307 (*)
4-48 C-B Fit of bearing in bore 0.0008L-0.0007T 0.0015L
4-48 A Case bore 3.9363-3.9372 3.9379
4-48 R Bearing outside diameter 3.9364-3.9370 (*)
4-48 R-A Fit of bearing in bore 0.0007T-0.0008L 0.0015L
4-48 B Cover bore 3.9980-3.9990 4.000
4-48 D Bearing cup outside diameter 4.0004.001 (*)
4-48 D-B Fit of cup in bore 0.003T-0.001T 0.000T
4-48 A Case bore 3.995-4.005 4.0010
4-48 M Bearing cup outside diameter 4.0004.0010 (*)
4-48 M-A Fit of cup in bore 0.005L-0.0015T 0.0010L
4-48 B Cover bore 4.4355-4.4365 4.4375
4-48 G Bearing cup outside diameter 4.4375-4.4385 (*)
4-48 G-B Fit of cup in bore 0.0010T-0.0030T 0.000T
4-48 A Case bore 3.8750-3.8760 3.8765
4-48 K Bearing cup outside diameter 3.8750-3.8760 (*)
4-48 K-A Fit of cup in bore 0.0010T-0.0010L 0.0015L
4-48 A Case bore i.000-l.0012 1.0020
4-48 P Shifter shaft outside diameter 0.9949-0.0061 0.9941
4-48 P-A Fit of shaft in bore 0.0039L-0.0063L 0.0070L
4-48 B Cover bore 1.000-1.0012 1.0020
4-48 P Shifter shaft outside diameter 0.9949-0.9961 0.9941
4-48 P-B Fit of shaft in bore 0.0039L-0.0063L 0.0070L
4-48 A Case bore 1.2480-1.2496 1.2520
4-48 Q Plug and oil seal outside diameter 1.2540-1.2580 (*)
4-48 Q-A Fit of plug in bore 0.0024T-0.0100T 0.0020T
4-48 A Case bore 0.7461-0.7472 0.7480
4-48 J Dowel pin outside diameter 0.7500-0.7510 (*)
4-48 J-A Fit of pin in bore 0.0028T-0.0049T 0.0020T
4-48 E Bearing cone bore 2.0000-2.0005 (*)
4-48 F Idler shaft outside diameter 2.0010-2.0015 2.0005
4-48 E-F Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T 0.000T
4-48 N Bearing bore 2.000-2.0005 (*)
4-48 F Idler shaft outside diameter 2.0015-2.0010 2.0005
4-48 N-F Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T 0.000T
4-48 L Bearing bore 1.7500-1.7505 (*)
4-48 H Rear output shaft outside diameter 1.7515-1.7510 1.7505
4-48 L-H Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T 0.000T
4-35
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Transfer Output Shaft and Cover.
Table 4-7. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement, for Transfer Output Shaft and Cover.
Fig. Ref Size and Fit Wear Limits

Point of Measurement
4-49 A Cover bore 3.3457-3.3466 3.3478

4-49 B Bearing outside diameter 3.3458-3.3464 (*)
4-49 B-A Fit of bearing in bore 0.0007T-0.00081L 0.0015L
4-49 A Cover bore 0.8760-0.8780 0.8800
4-49 E Reverse shift shaft outside diameter 0.8728-0.8740 0.8700
4-49 G-A Fit of shaft in bore 0.0020L-0.0052L 0.0100L
4-49 D Flange inside diameter 1.621-1.624 1.627
4-49 E Shaft outside diameter 1.621-1.623 1.619
4-49 D-E Fit of flange on shaft 0.0020T-0.0030L 0.0073L
4-49 C Bearing bore 1.7712-1.7717 (*)
4-49 F Front output shaft outside diameter 1.7715-1.7721 1.7711
4-49 C-F Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0009T-0.0002L 0.0006L
4-49 H Gear bore 2.6260-2.6278 2.6290
4-49 J Shaft outside diameter 2.62402.6248 2.6230
4-49 H -J Fit of gear on shaft 2.0012L-0.0038L 0.0060L
4-36
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Transfer Case and Seals.
Table 4-8. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Transfer Case and Seals.

4-50 G Cover bore 3.3465-3.3485 3.3495

4-50 C Oil seal outside diameter 3.3524-3.3563 (*)
4-50 C-G Fit of seal in bore 0.0038T-0.0098T 0.0025T
4-50 A Cover bore 3.3465-3.3485 3.3495
4-50 C-A Fit of seal in bore 0.0038T-0.0098T 0.0025T
4-50 F Case bore 3.3465-3.3485 3.3495
4-50 C-F Fit of seal in bore 0.0038T-0.0098T 0.0025T
4-50 D Cover bore 1.4961-1.4971 1.4985
4-50 E Oil seal outside diameter 1.5000-1.5039 (*)
4-50 E-D Fit of seal in bore 0.0024T-0.0078T 0.0015T
4-50 A Cover bore 0.7510-0.7530 0.7530
4-50 B Dowel pin outside diameter 0.7500-0.7510 (*)
4-50 B-A Fit of pin in bore 0.0000T-0.0020L 0.0025L
4-50 H Deflector inside diameter 2.3956-2.3996 (*)

4-50 J Flange outside diameter 2.4016-2.4056 2.4010
4-50 H -J Fit of deflector on flange 0.0020T-0.0100T 0.0010T
4-37 (4-38 blank)

TM 9-2520-246-34
CHAPTER 5
REPAIR OF POWER TAKEOFFS
Section I. DESCRIPTION, OPERATIONAL AND DATA (MODEL WN-7-28)
5-1. General. This chapter contains the rebuild forward and backward on the shaft by the shifter fork
instructions for power takeoff models WN-7-28, (Z). The other is the output shaft high speed gear (BB)
WND-7-28, and P-136-C. which is free on the output shaft (H) and is in
constant mesh with the input gear (P). The sliding
5-2. Description (Figure 5-1). Heavy-duty power gear (AA) is splined to the output shaft (H) and may
takeoff model WN-7-28, is designed for mounting on be meshed with the spur teeth of the reverse gear
an SAE standard 6-hole or 6-stud power takeoff (FF), with the spur teeth of the input gear (P) (for low
opening. The unit is designed to be mounted on the speed operation) or may act as a clutch gear to couple
left or right side of the driving mechanism. The shifter the output shaft high speed gear (BB) to the output
shaft extends through each end of the case so that the shaft (H).
shifting control linkage may be attached at either end.
The output shaft extends from the front of the case c. Shifter Fork. The shifter fork (Z) is attached to
and is provided with a woodruff key for mounting the the shifter shaft (A) by a capscrew. The fork engages
winch propeller shaft companion flange. Boots are the circumferential groove on the sliding gear (AA).
installed over the ends of the shifter shaft to protect
the surface of the shaft. The input gear of the power
takeoff is a cluster composed of a helical gear which is
constantly in mesh with the helical gear of the
transmission reverse idler gear, and the driving gear
which is of spur tooth construction. The power
takeoff has two speeds forward, neutral, and one
speed in reverse. A shifting mechanism provides for
selection of the desired speed and direction of rotation
of the output shaft. The shifting mechanism in neutral
position disengages the output shaft gears from the
driving gear.
5-3. Operation.
NOTE
Figure 5-1. Power Takeoff Model WN-7-28.
The reference letters in parentheses pertain
to figure 5-2. 5-4. Data.
a. Input Gear. The helical input gear (P) is in National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 252040-7061137
constant mesh with the helical gear of the Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7061137
transmission reverse-idler gear and therefore, is in Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . Spicer Div. - Dana Corp.
constant rotation when the transmission is engaged. Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WN-7-28
(Refer to transmission, Chapter 3.) The input gear (P) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-duty
is installed on a nonrotating input gearshaft (L) and is Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 forward, 1 reverse
mounted on the input gear roller bearings (N). The Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission
shaft is pressed into the housing and secured with a Input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
cotter pin. A thrust washer (M) is located at each end Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1¼ in. dia;5/16 in.
of the input gear. The helical tooth portion of the keyway
input gear (P) is in constant mesh with the reverse Bearings:
gear (FF) which is installed on the reverse gearshaft Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-ball type
(JJ) and secured with the reverse gear pin (EE). The Input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-roller type
reverse gearshaft rotates in two supporting bearings Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-roller type
(GG and FF). Horsepower delivered:
100 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
b. Output Shaft. The output shaft (H) is supported 500 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
in the housing on two ball bearings (F and S). Two 1000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
gears are installed on the output shaft (H). One is the Gear pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/9 in.
output shaft sliding gear (AA) which is moved Backlash (allowable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008 in.
5-1
TM 9-2520-246-34
KEY ITEM KEY ITEM
A Shifter shaft T Output shaft rear bearing spacer

B Plain washer U Hex-nut
C Capscrew V Eyebolt
D Shifter shaft oil seal W Retainer
E Output shaft front bearing cap X Spring
F Output shaft front bearing Y Ball
G Output shaft oil seal Z Fork
H Output shaft AA Output shaft sliding gear
J Capscrew BB Output shaft high speed gear
K Lockwasher CC Reverse gear shaft front bearing
L Input gear shaft DD Reverse gear thrust washer
M Input gear thrust washer EE Reverse gear pin
N Input gear roller bearings FF Reverse gear
P Input gear GG Reverse gear shaft needle bearing
Q Output shaft rear bearing cap HH Reverse gear shaft rear bearing
R Capscrew JJ Reverse gear shaft
S Output shaft rear bearing
Figure 5-2. Power Takeoff Model WN-7-28 — Sectional View.
5-2
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section II. REPAIR (MODEL WN-7-28)
5-5. General. Discard the gasket.
a. This section contains disassembly and assembly (2) Remove the poppet retainer (fig. 5-3). Turn
instructions for power takeoff model WN-7-28. the power takeoff on the side and remove the poppet
spring and ball.
b. Cleaning and repair procedures are contained in
chapter 2, section III of this manual. NOTE
c. Use a separate container for the parts of each During assembly of the power takeoff,
subassembly. If more than one power takeoff is being always install a new cover gasket.
rebuilt at the same time, use marked, separate
containers for each power takeoff to avoid getting b. Shifter Shaft and Shifter Fork.
individual parts mixed up.
(1) Remove the safety wire and fork setscrew
d. Power takeoff disassembly and assembly are from the shifter fork. (See fig. 5-4.)
accomplished by the following logical step-by-step
procedures. The assembly procedures are provided (2) Remove the shaft capscrew and flatwashers
only where special attention to a part or an assembly from the end of the shifter shaft. (See fig. 5-4.) Pull
is required. Refer to paragraph 5-7 for the sequence of the shifter shaft rearward through the shifter fork.
assembly operations. Assembly of the power takeoff is Remove the shifter fork and continue to slide the
the exact opposite of disassembly, unless otherwise shifter shaft from the power takeoff case.
specified.
NOTE
5-6. Disassembly and Assembly (Model WN-7-
28). During assembly, install the shifter fork
with the screw hole on the rear side.
a. Power Takeoff Cover, Poppet Retainer, and
Poppet Spring and Ball. c. Input Gearshaft and Input Gear.
(1) Remove the six capscrews and star washers (1) Remove the input gearshaft cotter pin from
securing the power takeoff cover to the carrier. (See the input gearshaft. (See fig. 5-5.) Using a soft
fig. 5-3.) Remove the cover and the cover gasket. driftpin, drive the input gearshaft from the case.
Figure 5-3. Removal of Power Takeoff Cover, Poppet

Retainer, Poppet Spring and Ball. Figure 5-4. Removal of Shifter Shaft and Shifter Fork.
5-3
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 5-7. Removal of Output and Reverse Shaft Rear

Figure 5-5. Removal of Input Gearshaft. Bearing Cap.
(2) Lift the gear from the case and remove the (2) Remove the four capscrews and star washers
roller bearings from the gear, then remove the thrust securing the output shaft front bearing cap to the
washers from the respective positions. (See fig. 5-6.) power takeoff. Remove the output shaft front bearing
cap and gasket. Discard the gasket.
d. Output and Reverse Shaft Rear Bearing Cap.
NOTE
(1) Remove the five capscrews and star washers
securing the rear bearing cap to the power takeoff On assembly, always install a new gasket.
case. (See fig. 5-7.) Remove the rear bearing cap and
cap gasket. Discard the gasket. NOTE
NOTE Do not remove the output shaft front

bearing cap unless seal replacement is
On assembly, always install a new gasket. required. If seal is to be replaced, remove
with suitable tool. Install by pressing or
(2) Remove the output shaft rear bearing spacer driving against the seal with a wooden
in front of the output shaft rear bearing. block.
e. Output Shaft Front Bearing Cap and Companion

Flange Key.
(1) Remove the output shaft key from the output

shaft. (See fig. 5-8.)
Figure 5-6. Removal of Input Gear, Gear Roller Figure 5-8. Removal of Output Shaft Front Bearing Cap
Bearings, and Thrust Washers. and Companion Flange Key.
5-4
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 5-11. Removal of Output Shaft, High-Speed

Figure 5-9. Removal of Output Shaft Rear Bearing. Gear, and Front Bearing.
f. Output Shaft Rear Bearing. spacer. (See fig. 5-10.)

(1) Push or tap output shaft rearward enough to
allow the rear bearing (fig. 5-9) to be removed. (2) Push or tap the output shaft and front
bearing from the case. (See fig. 5-11.) Lift the sliding
(2) Using a universal puller remove the output gear out of the case.
shaft rear bearing. (See fig. 5-9.)
h. Reverse Gear.
NOTE
(1) Remove the cotter pin securing the reverse
Use a wooden block or press to install rear gear pin and remove the reverse gear pin. (See fig. 5-
bearing on the shaft and into the rear 12.)
bearing bore.
(2) Using a soft drift pin, tap the reverse
g. Output Shaft and High-Speed Gear. gearshaft and front roller bearing from the case.
Remove the front roller bearing from the shaft.
(1) After the output shaft rear bearing is
removed, push the output shaft back into place. (3) Remove the reverse gear thrust washers (fig.
Remove the snapring securing the high-speed gear and 5-12).
Figure 5-10. Removal of Output Shaft High Speed Gear

Snapring and Spacer. Figure 5-12. Removal of Reverse Gear.
5-5
TM 9-2520-246-34
NOTE NOTE
Use a wooden block when tapping the end Use an arbor press to install the output shaft
roller bearing into the housing. Coat the front bearing on the output shaft.
thrust washers with grease, automotive and
artillery (GAA), MIL-G-10924; this holds k. Shifter Shaft Boot and Seal. Using a blunt rod,
the washers in position for installation of tap the seal and boot from the seat in the counter
the reverse gearshaft. bore. (See fig. 5-15.) It is not necessary to remove the
seal unless it is damaged.
i. Reverse Gear Rear Bearing. NOTE

Using an arbor press or a soft drift pin, remove During installation tap the boot into the
the reverse gearshaft rear bearing from the housing. seat using a small wooden block. Work
(See fig. 5-13.) around the base of the boot until it is
evenly seated. If the seal was removed,
NOTE install the seal first. Tap the seal into place
with a suitable arbor or wooden dowel.
When installing reverse gearshaft rear
bearing into the housing, tap the bearing
into position with a block of wood and
hammer so as not to damage the bearing.
Figure 5-13. Removal of Reverse Gearshaft

Rear Bearing.
j. Output Shaft Front Bearing. Using a universal or

suitable puller, pull the output shaft front bearing
from the shaft. (See fig. 5-14.)
Figure 5-15. Removal of Shifter Shaft Boot and Seal.
Figure 5-14. Removal of Output Shaft Front Bearing.
5-6
TM 9-2520-246-34
5-7. Assembly Sequence — Power Takeoff g. Output shaft front bearing cap and companion
(Model WN-7-28). flange key. (See fig. 5-8.)
a. Shifter shaft boot and seal. (See fig. 5-15.) h. Output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap. (See
fig. 5-7.)
b. Output shaft front bearing. (See fig. 5-14.)
i. Input gearshaft and input gear. (See fig. 5-5 and
c. Reverse gearshaft rear bearing. (See fig. 5-13.) 5-6.)
d. Reverse gear. (See fig. 5-12.) j. Shifter shaft and shifter fork. (See fig. 5-4.)
e. Output shaft and high-speed gear. (See fig. 5-10 k. Power takeoff cover, poppet retainer, and poppet
and 5-11.) spring and ball. (See fig. 5-3.)
f . Output shaft rear bearing. (See fig. 5-9.)
Section Ill. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT (MODEL WN-7-28)
5-8. General. Tests and adjustments can either be b. Adjustments.

accomplished by installation on the vehicle or on a
transmission coupled to an engine prepared for a (1) There are no adjustments on the power
dynamometer test. takeoff assembly.
a. Operation. Test power takeoff WN-7-28 for the (2) Refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1 for the power
following takeoff linkage adjustment.
(1) Quiet operation. 5-9. Lubrication. Lubrication of the power takeoff

(2) Smooth and positive shifting. is provided by the transmission. Refer to LO 9-2320-
(3) Check for lubricant leaks. 209-12/1 for lubrication specifications.
Section IV. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS (MODEL WN-7-28)
5-10. General. The repair and replacement standards the limits given in the “Size and Fit of New Parts”
included herein give the minimum, maximum, and key column. In the “Size and Fit of New Parts” and “Wear
clearance of new parts. The standards also give wear Limits” columns the letter “L” indicates a loose fit
limits which indicate the point to which a part or parts (clearance) and the letter "T" indicates a tight fit
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive (interference).
Normally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the 5-11. Repair and Replacement Standard Points
dimensions shown in the “Wear Limits” column, or of Measurement. Figures 5-16, 5-17, and 5-18 and
damaged by corrosion, will be approved for service. An corresponding tables 5-1, 5-2, and 5-3 provide the
asterisk (*) in the “Wear Limits” column indicates that repair and replacement standard points of
the part or parts should be replaced when worn beyond measurement for power takeoff model WN-7-28.
5-7
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Reverse Gear and Related Parts.
Table 5-1. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Reverse Gear and Related Parts.

5-16 A Inside diameter of bearing 1.2510-1.2520 .001

5-16 B Outside diameter of shaft 1.2495-1.2505 .003
5-16 A-B Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005L-0.0025L .004
5-16 C Reverse gear to input drive
5-17 G gear (backlash) .006L-.009L .016L
5-16 D Reverse gear to output sliding
5-18 L gear (backlash) .008L-.011L .018L
5-16 E Thickness of thrust washer (a) .061-.063 (*)
5-16 F Inside diameter of reverse gear 1.252-1.253 (*)
5-16 B-F Fit of gear on shaft .0015L-.0035L .0055L
(a) Replace when bronze facing is partially or entirely worn off.
5-8
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Input Gear and Related Parts.
Table 5-2. Repair and Replacement Standard Points Of Measurement for Input Gear and Related Parts

5-17 A Diameter of shaft 0.7495-0.7500 0.003

5-17 B Thickness of thrust washer 0.061-0.063 See note ¢
5-17 C Inside diameter of bearing 0.7500 (*)
5-17 A-C Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0000L-.0005L 0.004L
5-17 D Outside diameter of bearing 1.250 (*)
5-17 E Inside diameter of gear 1.250-1.251 0.007
5-17 D-E Fit of bearing in gear 0.000L-.0001L .004L
5-17 F input low gear to output
5-18 L sliding gear (backlash) 0.008L-0.011L 0.0172
5-17 G Input gear to output high-speed
5-18 N gear (backlash) 0.006L-.009L 0.018L
5-17 G Input gear to reverse gear
5-16 C (backlash) 0.006L-.009L .016L
5-17 H Diameter of outer end of shaft 0.7510-.7515 See note #
(¢) Replace when bronze facing is partially or entirely worn off.
(#) Press fit of case.
5-9
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Front Output Shaft and Related Parts.

Front Output Shaft and Related parts — Model WN-7-28
5-18 A Outside diameter of rear bearing 2.8346 (*)

Diameter of bearing bore in housing 2.8346-2.8356 0.001
Fit of bearing in housing bore 0.0000L-0.0010L (*)
5-18 B Inside diameter of rear bearing 1.3780 (*)
5-18 C Thickness of thrust washer 0.112-0.124 0.006
5-18 D Inside diameter of high-speed gear 1.4060-1.4065
5-18 E Diameter of output shaft 1.3785-1.3795 (*)
5-18 B-E Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T (*)
5-18 F Diameter of output shaft 1.3985-1.4000 0.003
5-18 D-F Fit of gear on shaft 0.006L-0.008L
5-18 H-G Fit of gear to shaft and gear splines 0.004L-0.007L 0.011
5-18 J Outside diameter of front bearing 2.8346 (*)
Diameter of bearing bore in housing 2.8346-2.8356 0.0008
Fit of bearing in housing bore 0.0000L-0.0010L 0.0018L
5-18 K Inside diameter of front bearing 1.3780 (*)
5-18 L Sliding gear to input low
5-17 F speed gear (backlash) 0.008L-0.011L 0.017L
5-18 L Sliding gear to reverse
5-16 D gear (backlash) 0.008L-0.011L 0.017L
5-18 M Diameter of shaft 1.3785-1.3795 (*)
5-18 K-M Fit of bearing on shaft 0.005T-0.0015T (*)
5-18 N High-speed gear to input
5-17 G gear (backlash) 0.0066-0.009L 0.018L
5-18 O-H Fit of gear splines to gear splines 0.004L-0.007L
5-10
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section V. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA

(MODEL WND-7-28)
5-12. General. Because power takeoff model WND- 5-15. Data.

7-28 and power takeoff model WN-7-28 are identical,
except for the added accessory drive on model WND- National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-706-1136
7-28, only the accessory drive will be covered in this Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7061136
section. For the disassembly and assembly pertaining Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . Spicer Div. - Dana Corp.
to the remaining portion of power takeoff model Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WND-7-28
WND-7-28, refer to section II for power takeoff Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-duty
model WN-7-28 and use these same disassembly and Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 forward, 1 reverse
assembly procedures. Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission
Input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical
5-13. Description. Power takeoff model WND-7-28
Output shaft (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1¼ in. dia,
is actually a model WN-7-28 power takeoff with an
5/16 in. keyway
accessory drive attached. This modification is
Output shaft (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/8 in. dia,
accomplished by removing the output shaft rear
5/16 in. keyway
bearing cap from power takeoff model WN-7-28 and
replacing it with an oversized bearing cap called a rear Bearings:
output shaft housing (fig. 5-19). The rear output shaft Output shaft (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-ball type
housing contains a shifter shaft and fork that controls Output shaft (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One-ball type
the movement of the sliding clutch sleeve. (See fig. 5- Input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-roller type
20.) The sliding sleeve clutch slides back and forth on Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-roller type
the output shaft gear, thus engaging and disengaging Horsepower delivered:
the output shaft. 100 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
500 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5-14. Operation. For operation of power takeoff 1000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
model WND-7-28 see section I, power takeoff model Gear pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/9 in.
WN-7-28, description, operation, and data. Backlash (allowable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008 in.
Figure 5-19. Power Takeoff Model WND-7-28.
5-11
TM 9-2520-246-34

KEY ITEM KEY ITEM
A Housing K Boot
B Sliding clutch sleeve L Oil seal
C Shifter fork M Output shaft
D Fork locking screw N Key
E Retainer P Oil seal
F Spring Q Snapring
G Ball R Snapring
H Retainer S Bearing
J Shifter shaft T Output shaft gear
Figure 5-20. Rear Output Shaft Housing —
Sectional View.
Section VI. REPAIR (MODEL WND-7-28)
5-16. Disassembly and Assembly of Accessory NOTE

Drive.
During assembly, always install a new
a. Rear Output Shaft Housing and Shifter Shaft gasket.
Retainer, Ball, and Spring.
b. Shifter Shaft and Shifter Shaft Fork.
(1) Remove the five capscrews securing the rear
output shaft housing to the power takeoff case. (See (1) Cut safety wire and remove from housing.
fig. 5-21.) Remove the housing and housing gasket. (See fig. 5-22.)
Discard the gasket.
(2) Remove the lock screw securing the shifter
(2) Remove the retainer, spring, and ball from fork to the shifter shaft and remove the shaft and fork
the rear output shaft housing. (See fig. 5-21.) from the housing. (See fig. 5-22.)
5-12
TM 9-2520-246-34
(2) Using a suitable tool, drive the shifter shaft

oil seal and boot from the housing. (See fig. 5-25.)
NOTE
When installing the shifter shaft boot and

oil seal, press the oil seal in part way and
fit the boot around the seal, then continue
to press the seal into position.
Figure 5-21. Removal of Rear Output Shaft

Housing Shifter Shaft Retainer, Ball,
and Spring.
c. Rear Output Shaft and Sliding Clutch Sleeve.
(1) Using a pair of snapring pliers, remove the

output shaft snapring securing the shaft to the
bearing. (See fig. 5-23.)
Figure 5-23. Removal of Output Shaft Snapring.
Figure 5-22. Removal of Shifter Shaft and

Shifter Shaft Fork.
(2) Place the rear output shaft housing in a vise.

Using a soft drift pin, drive the rear output shaft from
the housing and remove the sliding clutch sleeve. (See
fig. 5-24.)
d. Rear Output Shaft Bearing and Shifter Shaft

Boot and Oil Seal.
(1) Using a pair of snapring pliers, remove the

bottom and top snaprings securing the rear output
shaft bearing in the housing and remove the bearing. Figure 5-24. Removal of Rear Output Shaft and
(See fig. 5-25.) Sliding Clutch Sleeve.
5-13
TM 9-2520-246-34
NOTE
Coat the oil seal with universal gear

lubricant (GO), MIL-L-2105, before
assembling to housing, to prevent damage
to seal.
5-17. Assembly Sequence for Accessory Drive.
a. Rear output shaft bearing and shifter shaft boot

and oil seal. (See fig. 5-25.)
b. Rear output shaft and sliding clutch sleeve. (See

fig. 5-23 and 5-24.)
c. Shifter shaft and shifter fork. (See fig. 5-22.)
d. Rear output shaft housing and shifter shaft Figure 5-25. Removal of Rear Output Shaft Bearing and
retainer, ball, and spring. (See fig. 5-21.) Shifter Shaft Boot and Oil Seal.
Section VIl. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT (MODEL WND-7-28)
5-18. General. Tests and adjustments can either be b. Adjustments.

accomplished by installation on the vehicle or on a
transmission coupled to an engine prepared for a (1) There are no adjustments required on the
dynamometer test. power takeoff assembly.
a. Operation. Test power takeoff WND-7-28 for the (2) Refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1 for the power
following: takeoff linkage adjustment.
(1) Quiet operation. 5-19. Lubrication. Lubrication of power takeoff is

(2) Smooth and positive shifting. provided by the transmission. Refer to LO 9-2320-209-
(3) Observe for lubricant leaks. 12/1 for lubrication instructions.
Section VIII. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS

(MODEL WND-7-28)
5-20. General. The repair and replacement be replaced when worn beyond the limits given in the
standards included herein give the minimum, “Size and Fit of New Parts” column. In the “Size and
maximum, and key clearances of new parts. The Fit of New Parts” column the letter “L” indicates a
standards also give wear limits which indicate the loose fit (clearance) and the letter "T" indicates a tight
extent to which a part or parts may be worn before fit (interference).
replacement, in order to receive maximum service with
minimum replacement. Normally, all parts which have 5-21. Repair and Replacement Standard Points
not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the of Measurement. Figure 5-26 and table 5-4 provide
“Wear Limits” column, or damaged by corrosion, will the repair and replacement standard points of
be approved for service. An asterisk (*) in the “Wear measurement for power takeoff model WND-7-28.
Limits” column indicates that the part or parts should
5-14
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Output Shaft and Related Parts – Model WND-7-28.
Table 5-4. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement for Output Shaft and Related Parts —
Model WND-7-28
No. Point of Measurement Wear Limits
Letter of New Parts
5-26 A-C Output shaft gear to sliding clutch
(backlash) .0010L-.0021L
5-26 B (*)
Outside diameter of shaft 0.6230-0.6235
5-26 (*)
D-E Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0003T-0.0007T
5-26 (*)
D Outside diameter of shaft 0.9843-0.9847
5-26 (*)
E Inside diameter of bearing 0.9840 (*)
5-15
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section IX. DESCRIPTION, OPERATION, AND DATA

(MODEL P-136-C)
5-22. General. the power takeoff by removing the governor plug (D)
on the power takeoff and installing the vehicle
a. Cleaning and repair procedures are contained in governor drive assembly so as to engage the governor
Chapter 2, section III of this manual. gear (E) of the power takeoff drive shaft (K). When
the power takeoff exceeds a set limit of operation, the
b. Use a separate container for parts of each vehicle engine governor cuts in, governing the output
assembly. If more than one power takeoff is being speed of the power takeoff. On trucks powered by
rebuilt at one time, some provisions must be made for multifuel engines, speed regulation is maintained by
keeping the parts of each power takeoff separated, throttle position, connected by Bowden wire from the
This is especially important when some parts are to be PTO shift lever to the control lever on the injection
used again. pump. Normal operation of the governor section of
the injection pump maintains the engine speed
c. Power takeoff disassembly and assembly are determined by this throttle setting.
accomplished by following the logical step-by-step
procedures. Assembly procedures are provided only 5-25. Data.
where special attention to a particular part or an
assembly is needed. Assembly of the power takeoff is National stock number . . . . . . . . . . 2520-00-229-5673
the exact opposite of disassembly, unless otherwise Ordnance number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11609228
specified. (Refer to para 5-27 for assembly sequence.) Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-136-C
Speeds . . . . . . . . One (variable with engine rpm and
5-23. Description. The power takeoff is a single transmission gear selection)
drive, one-speed unit and is designed to be mounted Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer
only on transfers. The power takeoff is cylindrical in Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tapered 1½ in. to 1 in.
shape and is secured to the transfer by six capscrews. Bearing:
A small pump (fig. 5-27), located on the exterior of Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-roller type
the carrier (fig. 5-27), pumps lubricant from the Horsepower delivered . . . . . . . Same as engine HP
transfer case into the power takeoff carrier; the
lubricant then flows back into the transfer case
through the input shaft or relief valve. The pump is
driven by the power takeoff output shaft (fig. 5-27).
The center of the output shaft contains a pump cam
lobe (C, fig. 5-28) which raises and lowers the pump
plunger (N, fig. 5-28) thus creating the suction that
pulls the lubricant from the transfer case. There are
two check valves (V, fig. 5-28) in the oil pump instead
of one at the transfer case. The jaws of the clutch
halves (A and P, fig. 5-28) are designed to provide
highly efficient lubrication and drive in both directions
of rotation. Shifting is accomplished by the shift lever
(fig. 5-27) mounted on the side of the power takeoff
carrier, which moves the shifter shaft (fig. 5-27) and
shifter fork (B, fig. 5-28) back and forth to engage or
disengaged the power takeoff sliding clutch (A, fig. 5-
28) from the transfer output shaft driving clutch (P,
fig. 5-28).
5-24. Operation.
NOTE
The reference letters in parentheses pertain

to figure 5-28.
On trucks powered by gasoline engines, the

speed at which the power takeoff operates is governed
by the vehicle governor. The governor is attached to Figure 5-27. Power Takeoff Model P-136-C.
5-16
TM 9-2520-246-34
KEY ITEM KEY ITEM KEY ITEM

A Clutch, sliding J Key (machine) S Lever
B Shifter fork K Drive shaft T Shifter shaft
C Pump cam lobe L Retainer (bearing and seal) U Carrier
D Plug M Pump spring V Valve, check
E Governor gear N Pump plunger W Oil line, bushing, and
F Key (woodruff) P Clutch, driving elbow
G Roller bearing Q Setscrew and safety wire X Clamp
H Oil seal R Retainer, spring, and ball
Figure 5-28. Power Takeoff — Sectional View.
5-17
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section X. REPAIR (MODEL P-136-C)
5-26. Disassembly and Assembly.
a. Drain Plug and Shift Lever.
(1) Remove the drain plug (fig. 5-29) and drain

the power takeoff.
(2) Remove the two cotter pins, nut, and washers

securing the shift lever to the carrier. (See fig. 5-29.)
Remove the shift lever from the carrier.
Figure 5-30. Removal of Pump, Shifter Shaft Retainer,

Spring, and Ball.
Figure 5-29. Drain Plug, Two Cotter Pins, Nut,

Washers, and Shifter Shaft.
NOTE Figure 5-31. Removal of Shifter Shaft.
During assembly, use new cotter pins. c. Output Shaft Rear Bearing Retainer and Oil
Seal.
b. Pump and Shifter Shaft.
(1) Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers
(1) Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers securing the retainer to the carrier. (See fig. 5-32.)
securing the pump to the carrier. (See fig. 5-30.)
Remove the pump and gasket. Discard the gasket. (2) Place the retainer in a vise, and drive the oil
seal from the retainer using a suitable punch and
NOTE hammer. See figure 5-32 for location and positioning
of the oil seal.
Assemble using a new gasket.
NOTE
(2) Remove the shifter fork setscrew and remove
the shifter shaft. (See fig. 5-31.) Upon assembly, use a new oil seal.
5-18
TM 9-2520-246-34
Figure 5-34. Removal of Output Shaft Front Bearing

Figure 5-32. Removal of Output Shaft Rear Bearing Cup.
Retainer and Oil Seal. NOTE
d. Output Shaft. Use a soft drift pin and hammer Upon assembling the output shaft, make
to drive the output shaft and both bearings from the sure rear bearing, governor drive gear, and
carrier. (See fig. 5-33.) Removal of the output shaft front bearing are installed as shown in fig.
will also remove the rear tapered roller bearing cup. 5-35.
Figure 5-33. Removal of Output Shaft, Both Bearings,

and Rear Tapered Roller Bearing Cup. Figure 5-35. Disassembly of Output Shaft.
e. Output Shaft Front Bearing Cup. Place the 5-27. Assembly Sequence.
carrier and front bearing cup in an arbor press. (See
fig. 5-34.) Press the cup from the carrier. a. Assembly of output shaft. (See fig. 5-35.)
NOTE b. Output shaft front bearing cup. (See fig. 5-34.)
Upon assembly, make sure the bearing cup c. Output shaft. (See fig. 5-33.)
is installed with the taper of the cup facing
toward the center of the carrier. d. Output shaft rear bearing cup, retainer, and oil
seal. (See fig. 5-32.)
f. Output Shaft. Using an arbor press, press the
governor drive gear, rear bearing, and front bearing e. Pump and shifter shaft. (See fig. 5-30 and 5-31.)
from the output shaft. (See fig. 5-35.)
f . Drain plug and shift lever. (See fig. 5-29.)
5-19
TM 9-2520-246-34

for Output Shaft and Related Parts – Model P-136-C.
Table 5-5. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of Measurement

for Output Shaft and Related Parts – Model P-136-C.
Fig. Ref Size and Fit Wear Limits

Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter
5-26 A Inside diameter of bearing 1.688 (*)

5-26 C Outside diameter of shaft 1.6885-1.6895 (*)
5-26 A-C Fit of bearing on shaft 0.0005T-0.0015T (*)
5-26 B Inside diameter of gear 1.6900-1.6915 (*)
5-26 B-C Fit of gear on shaft 0.0005L-0.003L (*)
5-26 D Cam section of output shaft 1.685-1.690 (*)
5-20
TM 9-2520-246-34
Section XI. TEST AND ADJUSTMENT (MODEL P-136-C)
5-28. General. Tests and adjustments can either be the movement of lubricant through the hole. Replace
accomplished by installation on the vehicle or on a pipe plug.
transfer unit that is coupled to an engine and
transmission installed on a dynamometer. b. Adjustment.
a. Operation. Test power takeoff model P-136-C for (1) There are no adjustments required on the
the following: power takeoff assembly.
(1) Quiet operation. (2) Refer to TM 9-2320-209-20/1 for the power

(2) Smooth and positive shifting. takeoff linkage adjustment.
(3) Observe for lubricant leaks.
(4) Inspect oil pump operation. Remove pipe 5-29. Lubrication. Lubrication of the power takeoff is
plug covering the shifter shaft setscrew and observe provided by the transfer. Refer to LO 9-2320-209-12/1
for lubrication instructions.
Section XII. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT STANDARDS

(MODEL P-136-C)
5-30. General. The repair and replacement standards the part or parts should be replaced when worn beyond
included herein give the minimum, maximum, and key the limits given in the “Size and Fit of New Parts”
clearance of new parts. The standards also give wear column. In the “Size and Fit of New Parts” column, the
limits which indicate the point to which a part or parts letter “L” indicates a loose fit (clearance) and the letter
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive “T” indicates a tight fit (interference).
Normally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the 5-31. Repair and Replacement Standard Points of
dimensions shown in the “Wear Limits” column, or Measurement. Figure 5-36 and table 5-5 provide the
damaged by corrosion, will be approved for service. An repair and replacement standard points of measurement
asterisk (*) in the “Wear Limits” column indicates that for power takeoff model P-136-C.
5-21 (5-22 blank)

TM 9-2520-246-34
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
A-1. Publication Indexes and General Reference. Recommended Changes to

Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2028
Indexes should reconsulted frequently for the
latest changes or revisions of references given in this Maintenance Request - Continuation
appendix and for new publications relating to materiel Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2407-1
covered in this technical manual.
Equipment Log Assembly
a. Military Publications Indexes. (Records) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2408
Index of Army Motion Pictures Processing and Reprocessing Records

and Related Audio-Visual Aids DA Pam 108-1 for Shipment, Storage, and Issue of
Vehicles and Spare Engines . DA Form 1397
Index of Administrative
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-1 A-3. Other Publications.
Index of Blank Forms . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-2 a. Vehicle.
Index of Doctrinal Training and Lubrication Order . . . . . . . . LO 9-2320-209-12/1

Organizational Publications . DA Pam 310-3
Operator’s Manual . . . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-10/1
Military Publications:
Organizational Maintenance Manual
Index of Technical Manuals, Technical (Multifuel Engine) . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-20/1
Bulletins, Supply Bulletins, and
Lubrication Orders . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-4 Organizational Maintenance Manual
(Gasoline Engine) . . . . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-20
Index of Supply Catalogs and
Supply Manuals (excluding types Direct Support and General Support
7, 8 and 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-6. Maintenance Manual
(Multifuel Engine) . . . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-34
Index of Modification Work
Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-7 Direct Support and General Support
Maintenance Manual
Common Tools and Equipment (Gasoline Engine) . . . . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-35
Supply Manuals . . . . . . . DA Supply Manuals
SC-4910-95-CL-A01, A02, A50, Organizational Maintenance Repair Parts
A63, A64, A65, A67, A68, A72, A73, and Special Tool List . . . TM 9-2320-209-20P
and A74. SC-5180-90-CL-N-23,
SC-4910-95-CL-A31 and -A32 Direct Support and General Support
Maintenance Repair Parts and
b. General Reference. Special Tool List . . . . . . . TM 9-2320-209-34P
Authorization Abbreviations and

Brevity Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR310-50 b. General.
Dictionary of United States Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of

Army Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR310-25 Antifriction Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-214
A-2. Forms. Welding Theory and

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-237
The following forms pertain to this materiel (refer
to DA pamphlet 310-2 for index of blank forms and Army Maintenance
to TM 38-750 for explanation of their use). Management System . . . . . . . . . . . TM 38-750
A-1 (A-2 blank)

TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX
Subject Paragraph Page
Adjustment, handbrake shoe, transfers

Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4-30
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 4-11
Air cylinder assembly
Elimination of air leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5e 4-3
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5e 4-4
Troubleshooting, table 2-2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Assembly, clutch release, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-11
Assembly, countershaft, transfer
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5p 4-7
Assembly, idler shaft, transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23b 4-25
Assembly, front output shaft and reverse shift shaft, transfer removal
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22f 4-22
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5h 4-4
Assembly, handbrake drum and shoe, transfers, removal
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22a 4-21
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5a 4-3
Assembly, handbrake shoe disassembly, transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23i 4-28
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6g 4-10
Assembly, idler gear, transmission
Models 3052 and 3053A, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8k 3-14
Assembly, input shaft
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-221 4-23
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5p 4-7
Transmission
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3-19
Mode1 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Assembly, mainshaft rear bearing cap, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11m 3-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8d 3-13
Assembly, mainshaft, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11g 3-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8j 3-14
Assembly, front output shaft cover, transfer, removal
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Assembly, pump and shifter shaft, power takeoff, model P-136-C, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26b 5-18
Assembly, rear output shaft, transfers
Model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25e 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22j 4-23
Model T-136-27
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8g 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5k 4-6
Assembly of subassemblies
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4-29
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4-10
Transmission
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 3-17
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Index 1
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Assembly of transmission
Model 3052. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3-19
Model 3053A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Bearing cap, mainshaft, rear, transmissions, models 3052 and 3053A

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11m 3-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8d 3-13
Seal replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9d 3-16
Bearing cups, case, transfer
Model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24d 4-29
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23f 4-27
Model T-136-27
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7b 4-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6f 4-9
Bearing cups, case cover, transfer
Model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24d 4-29
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23f 4-27
Model T-136-27
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 4-7d 4-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6d 4-9
Bearing, rear output shaft and shifter shaft boot and oil seal, power takeoff
Model WND-7-28
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-l7a 5-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16d 5-13
Bearing, output shaft rear, power takeoff, model WN-7-28
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7f 5-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6f 5-5
Boot and seal, shifter shaft, power takeoff, model WN-7-28
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7a 5-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6k 5-6
Cap, input shaft bearing, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . 3-11j 3-20
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13
Caps, bearing inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2b(3) 2-16
Castings, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(1) 2-16
Cleaning
Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Power takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8c 2-15
Transmissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Component parts, after disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8d 2-15
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8b 2-15
Cleaning, inspection and repair
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
Power takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8c 2-15
Common tools and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2-1
Index 2
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Construction
Transmission, Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2a 3-1
Transmission, Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5a 3-9
Countershaft
Transfer, model T-136-27
Rear bearing cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5m 4-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5p 4-7
Subassembly, assembly and disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6b 4-7
Transmission, model 3052
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-11
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2-18
Transmission, model 3053A
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-2 I
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2-18
Cover, countershaft bearing rear, transmission, models 3052 and 3053
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8e 3-13
Cover, front output shaft, transfer, disassembly
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Cover, power takeoff opening, transmission, models 3052 and 3053
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8f 3-13
Cover, shifter shaft
Transfers, shifter shaft and top cover
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22k 4-23
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 4-6
Transmissions
Assembly
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3-19
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-15
Removal
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8b 3-11
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Covers, transfer
Model T-136-21
Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22i 4-23
Disassembly, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23f 4-27
Front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Idler shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22n 4-24
Input shaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22g 4-22
Input shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22o 4-24
Rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22m 4-23
Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22k 4-23
Model T-136-27
Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5j 4-5
Countershaft, rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5m 4-6
Disassembly, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6e 4-9
Front output shaft case/cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Input shaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5g 4-4
Input shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 4-7
Rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5m 4-7
Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 4-6
Index 3
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Subject D Paragraph Page
Data
Power takeoff
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5-1
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 5-11
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 5-16
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4-20
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-2
Transmissions
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3-2
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3-9
Description
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6a 1-1
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-1
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5-11
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5-14
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 4-22
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-1
Transmissions
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-1
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3-9
Disassembly and assembly
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5-3
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5-7
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 5-12
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 4-21
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 5-18
Transmissions
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-11
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Disassembly of subassemblies
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 4-25
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Disassembly into subassemblies
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 4-21
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4-3
Transmissions
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-11
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Draining
Power takeoff, model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26a 5-18
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22c 4-21
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5c 4-3
Drain plug and shift lever, power takeoff, model P-136-C
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27f 5-19
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26a 5-18
Drain plugs
Power takeoff, model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26a 5-18
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22c 4-21
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5c 4-3
Index 4
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Driving clutch front output transfer, model T-136-27

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8i 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5i 4-5
E
Equipment and tools

Common .................. ....................................... ............. 2-4 2-1
Special ..................................................................... 2-4 2-1
Equipment improvement recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1-1
Flange, Companion
Transfers
Model T-136-21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25k 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22d 4-21
Model T-136-27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8n 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5d 4-3
Transmissions, models 3052 and 3053A
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11n 3-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8c 3-12
Forks, shifter, removal
Power takeoff
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6b 5-3
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16b 5-12
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26b 5-18
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-221 4-23
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 4-6
Transmission
Models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9e 3-16
Forms, records and maintenance (see maintenance forms and records) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-1
Front bearing, countershaft
Transmission, removal models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8n 3-14
Front bearing, output shaft, removal
Power takeoff
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26e,f 5-19
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23d 4-26
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6e 4-9
Front output shaft
Transfer model T-136-21
Assembly, cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Disassembly, cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23g 4-28
Removal, shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22f 4-22
Removal, cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22i 4-23

Disassembly, case cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6d 4-9
Disassembly, shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6e 4-9
Removal, shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5h 4-4
Removal, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Index 5
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Gasket, power takeoff, models WN-7-28 and WND-7-28

Front bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6e 5-4
Power takeoff cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6a 5-3
Rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6d 5-4
Power takeoff, model P-136-C, pump assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26b 5-18
Gasket, transfer model T-136-27
Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5e 4-3
Case cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5j 4-5
Front output shaft case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Input shaft front bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5g 4-4
Input shaft rear bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 4-7
Top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 4-6
Gasket, transfer model T-136-21
Case cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22i 4-23
Front output shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Input shaft front bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22g 4-22
Input shaft rear bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-220 4-24
Top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22k 4-23
Gasket, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Clutch bell housing to transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8a(3) 3-11
Countershaft rear bearing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8e 3-13
Input shaft bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13
Mainshaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8d 3-13
Power takeoff opening cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8f 3-13
PTO opening cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8f 3-13
Shifter shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8b 3-11
Gear spacers and thrust washers, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(4) 2-16
Gears, input, power takeoffs, operation
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3a 5-1
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5-11
Gears, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(9) 2-16
Gearshaft, and gear, power takeoff, models WN-7-28 and WND-7-28
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6c 5-3
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Gearshafts, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(8) 2-16
Handbrake, drum and shoe-assembly

Adjustment, handbrake shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4-30
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19a 4-19
Disassembly, handbrake shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23i 4-28
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23i 4-28
Test, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 4-30
Adjustment, handbrake shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 4-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2a 4-1
Disassembly, handbrake shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6g 4-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6g 4-10
Test, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-11
Handbrake test, transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 4-30
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-12
Handling after inspection and repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10b 2-17
Index 6
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Housing, clutch, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(2) 2-16

Housing, rear output shaft, and shifter shaft retainer, ball and spring,
power takeoff WND-7-28, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16a 5-12
Idler shaft, transfer, model T-136-21

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24h 4-29
Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23b 4-25
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22l 4-23
Idler shaft driving gear, transfer, model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25g 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22h 4-22
Input shaft, transfer, model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25c 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22l 4-23
Front bearing cover
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25h 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22g 4-22
Rear bearing cover
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25b 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22o 4-24
Subassembly
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24g 4-29
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23c 4-25
Input shaft, transfer, model T-136-27
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8b 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5p 4-7
Front bearing cover
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8k 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5g 4-4
Rear bearing cover
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8c 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5o 4-7
Subassembly
Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6c 4-8
Input shaft, transmission
Model 3052
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10e 3-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9a 3-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13
Model 3053A
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10e 3-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9a 3-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Input shaft bearing cap, transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11j 3-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13
Inspection
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9a 2-15
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b 2-16
Bearing caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(3) 2-16
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(1) 2-16
Clutch housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(2) 2-16
Countershafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(11) 2-17
Expansion plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(6) 2-16
Index 7
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Gear spacers and thrust washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(4) 2-16

Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(9) 2-16
Gearshafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(8) 2-16
Input shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(12) 2-17
Mainshafts and output shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(10) 2-16
Poppet balls and springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(14) 2-17
Retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(7) 2-16
Shifter fork shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(13) 2-17
Shifter forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(15) 2-17
Shifter shaft covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(16) 2-17
Snaprings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(5) 2-16
Lubrication
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5-7
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 5-14
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 5-21
Transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 4-30
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 4-11
Transmission
Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13a 3-21
Maintenance, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15

Maintenance forms and records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-1
Metric measurement, use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1-1
Nuts, retaining, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(7) 2-16
Operation
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5-1
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5-11
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5-16
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19b 4-19
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2b 4-1
Transmissions
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2b 3-1
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5b 3-9
Output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap, power takeoff, model WN-7-28
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7h 5-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6d 5-4
Output shaft and high-speed gear, power takeoff, model WN-7-28
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7e 5-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Output shaft front beating cap and companion flange key, power takeoff. model WN-7-28
Index 8
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7g 5-7

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6e 5-4
Output shaft, front, transfer
Model T-136-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24f 4-29
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23d 4-26
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8j 4-11
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5h 4-4
Overhaul stand, transfer
Model T-136-21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22b 4-21
Model T-136-27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5b 4-3
P
Parts, repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-1
Plugs
Drain, power takeoff, model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26a 5-18
Expansion, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(6) 2-16
Filler, transfers, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22c 4-21
Filler, transfers, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5c 4-3
Transmissions, models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13a 3-21
Magnetic drain, transfers, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22c 4-21
Magnetic drain, transfers, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5c 4-3
Poppet balls and springs, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(14) 2-17
Power flow
Transmission
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2b 3-1
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5b 3-9
Power takeoff, model WND-7-28
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 5-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5-11
Removal
Bearings, rear output shaft and shifter shaft boot and oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16d 5-13
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5-11
Rear output shaft and sliding clutch sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16c 5-13
Rear output shaft housing and shifter shaft retainer, ball and spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16a 5-12
Repair and replacement standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20,21 5-14
Shifter shaft and shifter shaft fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16b 5-12
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
Introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-1
Table 2-2.04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Power takeoff, model WN-7-28
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 5-3
Removal
Bearing, output shaft rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6f 5-5
Boot and seal, shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6k 5-6
Front bearing; output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Input gearshaft and input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6c 5-3
Output and reverse shaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6d 5-4
Output shaft and high-speed gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6g 5-5
Output shaft front bearing cap and companion flange key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6e 5-4
Index 9
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Power takeoff cover, poppet retainer, poppet spring and ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6a 5-3
Rear bearing, reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6i 5-6
Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6h 5-5
Shifter shaft and shifter fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6b 5-3
Operation
Fork, shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3c 5-1
Gear, input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3a 5-1
Shaft, output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3b 5-1
Repair and replacement standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5-7
Troubleshooting
General and introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5,6 2-1
Table 2-2.04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Power takeoff, model P-136-C
Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 5-25 5-16
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5-16
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 5-16
Removal
Assembly, pump and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26b 5-18
Disassembly, output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26f 5-19
Drain plug and shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26a 5-18
Front bearing cup, output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26e 5-19
Rear bearing cup, output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26d 5-19
Retainer, output shaft rear bearing and oil seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26c 5-18
Shaft, output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26f 5-19
Repair and replacement standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 5-21
Troubleshooting
General and introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5,6 2-1
Table 2-2.05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power test
Transmissions, models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-21
Quality assurance/quality control ........................................................... 1 -3 1-1
Rear bearing, countershaft, transmissions, removal

Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81 3-14
Rear bearing, reverse gear, power takeoff, removal, model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6i 5-6
Rear output shaft and sliding clutch sleeve, power takeoff model WND-7-28, removal . . . . . 5-16c 5-13
Repair
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10a 2-17
Handling after inspection and repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10b 2-17
Repair and replacement standards
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5-7
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 5-14
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 5-21
Transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-31
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-12
Transmission
Model 3052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-21
Index 10
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Model 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-21

Recommendations, equipment improvement (see equipment improvement
recommendations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1-1
Records, forms and maintenance (see maintenance forms and records) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-1
Retainer, output shaft rear bearing and oil seal, power takeoff, model P-136-C, removal . . . 5-26c 5-18
Reverse gear, power takeoff, model WN-7-28, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6h 5-5
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1

Seal, oil replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10b(3) 2-18
Shaft, output, power takeoff, operation
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3b 5-1
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5-11
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5-16
Shaft, output power takeoff, model P-136-C
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27c 5-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26f 5-19
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26d 5-19
Shafts, inspection
Countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(11) 2-17
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(12) 2-17
Main and output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(10) 2-16
Shifter fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(15) 2-17
Shifter shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(16) 2-17
Shift test
Power takeoff
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8a 5-7
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18a 5-14
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28a 5-20
Transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 4-30
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4-11
Transmission
Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3-21
Shifter forks
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(15) 2-17
Power takeoff, model WN-7-28, Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3c 5-1
Shifter shaft and shifter shaft fork, power takeoff, model WND-7-28, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16b 5-12
Shifter shaft and shifter shaft fork, power takeoff, model WN-7-28, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6b 5-3
Snapring
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(5) 2-16
Special tools and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2-1
Sprag units, transfer model T-136-21, disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23e 4-27
Springs and poppet balls, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(14) 2-17
Synchronizer, low and high range, transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23c 4-25
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6c 4-8
Synchronizer, fourth and fifth speed, transmission
Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8i 3-14
Synchronizer, second and third speed, transmission
Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9b(3) 3-16
Index 11
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Tables
Table 2-1. Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-2. Index, troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-2.01. Transmission, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table 2-2.02. Transfer, model T-136-27, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Table 2-2.03. Transfer, model T-136-21, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table 2-2.04. Power takeoffs, models WN-7-28, WND-7-28, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Table 2-2.05. Power takeoff, model P-136-C, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Table 3-1. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for input shaft
and bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Table 3-2. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for transmission
mainshaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
countershaft and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
reverse idler gear and shaft assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Table 4-1. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for transfer
gear train, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Table 4-2. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for transfer shafts
and bearings, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Table 4-3. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement of transfer output
shaft and cover, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Table 4-4. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for
transfer case and seals, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
gear train, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
and bearings, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Table 4-7. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for transfer output
shaft and cover, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
case and seals, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Table 5-1. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for reverse
gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Table 5-2. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for input
gear and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Table 5-3. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for output
shaft and related parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Table 5-4. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for output shaft
and related parts, model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Table 5-5. Repair and replacement standard points of measurement for output shaft
and related parts, power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Tests and adjustments
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8b 5-7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8a 5-7
Model WND-7-28
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18b 5-14
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18a 5-14
Model P-136-C
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28b 5-20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28a 5-20
Transfers
Model T-136-21
Index 12
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 4-30
Handbrake shoe adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4-30
Handbrake test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 4-30
Idler shaft bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4-30
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 4-30
Rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 4-30
Shift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 4-30
Model T-136-27
Countershaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4-12
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4-11
Handbrake test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-11
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 4-11
Rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12
Shift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4-11
Transmissions
Model 3052 and 3053A
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3-21
Power test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-21
Shift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3-21
Thrust washers and gear spacers, inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9b(4) 2-16
Tools and equipment
Common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2-1
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2-1
Top cover, transfer, and shifter shaft
Model T-136-21
Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25d 4-30
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22k 4-23
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8f 4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5l 4-6
Assembly, idler shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24h 4-29
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24g 4-29
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24i 4-29
Case, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24b 4-29
Cover, front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24c 4-29
Cover, transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24d 4-29
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24a 4-29
Shaft, front output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24f 4-29
Sprag units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24e 4-29
Assembly of transfer
Assembly, front output and reverse shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25i 4-30
Assembly, front output shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25j 4-30
Assembly, handbrake drum and shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25l 4-30
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25e 4-30
Assembly, input shaft, fork and idler shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25c 4-30
Cover, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25f 4-30
Cover, idler shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25a 4-30
Cover, input shaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25h 4-30
Cover, rear output shaft rear bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25b 4-30
Flanges, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25k 4-30
Gear, idler shaft driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25g 4-30
Topcover and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25d 4-30
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4-20
Index 13
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6c 1-3

Description and operation
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19a 4-19
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19b 4-19
Assembly, cover front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23g 4-28
Assembly, cover, transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23f 4-27
Assembly, idler shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23b 4-25
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23c 4-25
Assembly, output shaft, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23d 4-26
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23a 4-25
Assembly, sprag units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23e 4-27
Disassembly of transfer into subassemblies
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 4-21
Removal
Assembly, input shaft, fork and idler shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22l 4-23
Assembly, front output shaft, and reverse shift shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22f 4-22
Assembly, handbrake drum and shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22a 4-21
Assembly, output shaft, front, cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22e 4-22
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22j 4-23
Cover, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22i 4-23
Cover, idler shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22n 4-24
Cover, input shaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22g 4-22
Cover, input shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22o 4-24
Cover, rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22m 4-23
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22c 4-21
Flanges, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22d 4-21
Gear, idler shaft driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22h 4-22
Installation, transfer on overhaul stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22b 4-21
Transfer top cover and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22k 4-23
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-31
Wear limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-31
Sprags and energizing springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4-31
Test and adjustment
Handbrake test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 4-30
Idler shaft bearing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4-30
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27 4-30
Rear output shaft rear bearing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 4-30
Shift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 4-30
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
Introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-1
Table 2-2.03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7f 4-10
Assembly, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7a 4-10
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7e 4-10
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7g 4-10
Case, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7b 4-10
Cover, front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7c 4-10
Cover, transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7d 4-10
Assembly of transfer
Assembly, air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8m 4-11
Assembly, handbrake drum and shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8q 4-11
Index 14
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Assembly, shifter fork, input shaft, and countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8b 4-11

Assembly, transfer case shifter shaft plug and valve 4-8a 4-11
Case, front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8l 4-11
Clutch, front output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8i 4-11
Cover, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8h 4-11
Cover, countershaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8e 4-11
Cover, input shaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8k 4-11
Cover, input shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8c 4-11
Draining transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8o 4-11
Flanges, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8n 4-11
Positioning transfer on overhaul stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8p 4-11
Retainer, rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8d 4-11
Shaft, front output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8j 4-11
Shaft, rear output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8g 4-11
Shaft, top cover and shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8f 4-11
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-2
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6c I -3
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2a 4-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2b 4-1
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6b 4-7
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6c 4-8
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6a 4-7
Assembly, handbrake shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6g 4-10
Case, transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6f 4-9
Cover, front output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6e 4-9
Cover, transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6d 4-9
Disassembly of transfer into subassemblies
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4-3
Removal
Assembly, air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5e 4-3
Assembly, input shaft, fork and idler countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5p 4-7
Assembly, front output shaft and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5h 4-4
Assembly, handbrake drum and shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5a 4-3
Assembly, front output shaft case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5f 4-4
Assembly, rear output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5k 4-6
Clutch, front output 4-5i 4-5
Cover, case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5j 4-5
Cover, countershaft rear bearing 4-5m 4-6
Cover, input shaft front bearing 4-5g 4-4
Cover, input shaft rear bearing 4-5o 4-7
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5c 4-3
Flanges, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5d 4-3
Installation, transfer on overhaul stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5b 4-3
Plug, shifter shaft and valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5q 4-7
Retainer, rear output shaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5n 4-7
Shaft, shifter, and top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5l 4-6
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-12
Points of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 4-12
Test and adjustment
Countershaft rear bearing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4-12
Handbrake test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-11
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 4-11
Index 15
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Rear output shaft rear bearing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12

Shift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4-11
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
Introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2- I
Table 2-2.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Transmission, models 3052 and 3053A
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10b 3-18
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10e 3-19
Assembly, mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10c 3-19
Assembly, shifter shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10a 3-17
Mainshaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10d 3-19
Synchronizer, second- and third-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10c(1) 3-19
Assembly of transmission
Assembly, clutch release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11pqr 3-20
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11c 3-19
Assembly, idler gear and shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11f 3-20
Assembly, input shaft and bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11j 3-20
Assembly, mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11g 3-20
Assembly, mainshaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11m 3-20
Cap, input shaft bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11j 3-20
Cover, power takeoff opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3-20
Cover, shifter shaft and forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110 3-20
Flange, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11n 3-20
Front bearing, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11a 3-19
Input shaft and bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11j 3-20
Mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11g 3-20
Nut, countershaft rear bearing retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11e 3-19
Retainer, countershaft front bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11b 3-19
Rear bearing. countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11d 3-19
Synchronizer, fourth- and fifth-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11h 3-20
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-15
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3-2
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6b 1-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2a 3-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2b 3-1
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9c 3-16
Assembly, input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9a 3-15
Assembly, main drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9b 3-16
Assembly, shifter shaft cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9e 3-16
Mainshaft, rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9d 3-16
Disassembly into subassemblies
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-11
Removal
Assembly, clutch release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8a 3-11
Assembly, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8m 3-14
Assembly, idler gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8k 3-14
Assembly, mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8j 3-14
Assembly, mainshaft rear bearing cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8d 3-13
Cap, input shaft bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13
Cover, countershaft rear bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8e 3-13
Cover, power takeoff opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8f 3-13
Flange, companion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8c 3-12
Front bearing, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8n 3-14
Index 16
TM 9-2520-246-34
INDEX (Continued)
Input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8g 3-13

Mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8j 3-14
Rear bearing, countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8l 3-14
Models, differences between . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6b 1-1
Repair and replacement standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-21
Transmission 3053A (only)
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3-9
Description and operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3-9
Repair
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-21
Troubleshooting, models 3052 and 3053A, table 2-2.01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-1
Introductory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-1
Index, table 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Tables
Table 2-2. Index, table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-2.01. Transmissions, models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table 2-2.02. Transfer, model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Table 2-2.03. Transfer, model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table 2-2.04. Power takeoff models WN-7-28 and WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Table 2-2.05. Power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Valve assembly, shifter shaft plug, transfer case, removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5q 4-7
Vehicle model application
Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6d(4)b 1-6
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6d(4)a 1-6
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6d(4)c 1-6
Transfers
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6c(4)(a) 1-3
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6c(4)(b) 1-4
Transmissions
Model 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6b(3) 1-3
Wear limits, general

Power takeoffs
Model WN-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5-7
Model WND-7-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 5-14
Model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 5-20
Transmission, models 3052 and 3053A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-21
Transfer
Model T-136-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-31
Model T-136-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-12
Index 17 (Index 18 blank)

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
BERNARD W. ROGERS
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
J. C. PENNINGTON
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38, Direct and General
Support maintenance requirements for 2½-Ton Truck.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994-342-421/81912

t246-34 2.5 Ton Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

t246-34 2.5 Ton Transmission

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

t246-34 2.5 Ton Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 9-2520-246-34

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT

This copy is a reprint which includes current

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

EXPOSURE TO EXHAUST GASES PRODUCES SYMPTOMS OF HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, LOSS OF

DO NOT OPERATE HEATER OR ENGINE OF VEHICLE IN AN ENCLOSED AREA UNLESS IT IS

THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST EXHAUST GAS POISONING IS ADEQUATE VENTILATION.

Direct Support and General Support

TM 9-2520-246-34, 12 May 1978, is changed as follows:

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

Technical Manual HEADQUARTERS

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT

TM 9-2520-246-34 should be used only for

Current as of 1 September 1977

REPORTING OF ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

Table of Contents — Continued

CHAPTER 4. REPAIR OF TRANSFERS

Figure Title Page

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

Figure Title Page

3-38. Removal of countershaft drive gear (fifth-speed gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

Figure Title Page

4-34. Removal of transfer top cover and shifter shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

5-27. Power takeoff model P-136-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Number Title Page

2-1. Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

vii (viii blank)

1-1. Scope. g. Refer to TM 9-2520-246-34P for a listing of parts

c. Chapter 3 contains all repair and overhaul

Section II. DESCRIPTION AND DATA

Figure 1-3. Transmission Model 3052,

Figure 1-4. Transmission Model 3053A,

Figure 1-5. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27 (Front View).

Figure 1-6. Positive Locking Transfer Model T-136-27

Figure 1-7. Sprag Equipped Transfer Model T-136-21 (Front View).

Figure 1-8. Sprag Equipped Transfer Model T-136-21 (Rear View).

(4) Power takeoff models WND-7-28 and WN-7-

(a) Power takeoff model WND-7-28 is used with

M47 M58 M59

(3) Power takeoff model WN-7-28 is used with

(c) Power takeoff model P-136-C is used on the

Section I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT

Section Il. TROUBLESHOOTING

2-5. General. Refer to Chapter 2, section III for general cleaning,

Table 2-1. Special Tools

3 ADAPTER, mechanical puller 5120-00-708-3254 3-29 3-8 Used to remove transmission

Table 2-2. Troubleshooting Table Index

No. Title Page

2-2.01 Transmission Models 30-52 and 3053A 2-3

2-2.02 Transfer Model T-136-27 2-7

2-2.03 Transfer Model T-136-21 2-11

2-2.04 Power Takeoff Models WND-7-28 and WN-7-28 2-12

2-2.05 Power Takeoff Model P-136-C 2-14

Table 2-2.01. Troubleshooting

TRANSMISSION MODELS 3052 AND 3053A

If possible, make external and operational inspection in accordance with TM 9-